Cruze 2011 Usuario

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Performance and Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-33
2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-16 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-25 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-13
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-32 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 Vehicle Data Recording and
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-37 Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-50 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-6
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are Propritaires Canadiens
options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this
due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your
printing of this owner manual. dealer or from:
Please refer to the purchase
The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en franais auprs du
vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name General
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Helm, Incorporated
Motors of Canada Limited for P.O. Box 07130
CRUZE are trademarks and/or Chevrolet Motor Division wherever
service marks of General Motors Detroit, MI 48207
it appears in this manual.
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, 1-800-551-4123
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for Numro de poste 6438 de
quick reference. langue franaise
www.helminc.com
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 20883227 C Third Printing 2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ WARNING
To quickly locate information The vehicle has components and
about the vehicle, use the Index in These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of
the back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number information relating to a specific
where it can be found. component, control, message,
Notice: This means there is
gauge, or indicator.
something that could result in
Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions This would not be covered by you need to see your owner manual
the vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
Danger indicates a hazard with a
information.
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a
hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means Do
death. Not, Do not do this, or Do not let
this happen.
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more B : Engine Coolant Temperature } : Power
information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps / : Remote Vehicle Start
the Index.
# : Fog Lamps > : Safety Belt Reminders
9 : Airbag Readiness Light . : Fuel Gauge 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
# : Air Conditioning + : Fuses d : Traction Control
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam M : Windshield Washer Fluid
% : Audio Steering Wheel Controls Changer
or OnStar
j : LATCH System Child
$: Brake System Warning Light Restraints
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Steering Wheel

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Instrument Panel
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 StabiliTrak System . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Tire Sealant and
Initial Drive Information Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Vehicle Features Driving for Better Fuel
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Roadside Assistance
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-16
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-17
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Driver Information
Sensing System for Passenger Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
In Brief 1-3
A. Exterior Lamp Controls on G. Steering Wheel Controls on P. Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
page 61. page 52. page 1038.
Front Fog Lamps on page 64 H. Windshield Wiper/Washer on Q. Cruise Control on page 935.
(If Equipped). page 53. R. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
Instrument Panel Illumination I. Infotainment on page 71. page 52.
Control on page 65. Satellite Radio on page 713 (If S. Driver Airbag. See Where Are
B. Air Vents on page 86. Equipped). the Airbags? on page 328.
C. Headlamp High/Low-Beam J. Infotainment Display Screen. T. Ignition Switch. See Ignition
Changer on page 62. K. Instrument Panel Storage on Positions on page 916.
Turn and LaneChange Lever. page 41. U. Driver Knee Airbag. See Where
See Turn and Lane-Change L. Light Sensor. See Automatic Are the Airbags? on page 328.
Signals on page 64. Headlamp System on page 63. V. Power Door Locks on page 27.
Driver Information Center (DIC) M. Passenger Airbag. See Where W. Hazard Warning Flashers on
Buttons. See Driver Information Are the Airbags? on page 328. page 64.
Center (DIC) on page 523.
N. Hood Release. See Hood on X. Shift Lever. See Automatic
D. Instrument Cluster on page 58. page 104. Transmission on page 925 or
E. Horn on page 53. O. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out Manual Transmission on
F. Driver Information Center (DIC) of View). See Malfunction page 928.
on page 523. Indicator Lamp on page 513.
1-4 In Brief
Y. Traction Control System (TCS) Initial Drive

on page 932.
StabiliTrak System on
Information
page 933. This section provides a brief
Z. Climate Control Systems on overview about some of the
page 81 (If Equipped). important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 83 (If For more detailed information, refer
Equipped). to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Heated Front Seats on page 37
(If Equipped). Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote
AA. Passenger Airbag Status (RKE) System Start Shown
Indicator on page 512.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press the key release button to
AB. Passenger Knee Airbag. See transmitter will work up to 20 m extend the key blade. The key can
Where Are the Airbags? on (65 ft) away from the vehicle. be used for the ignition and all
page 328. locks.
Press K to unlock the driver door or
all doors.
Press Q to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can
be personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 533.
In Brief 1-5
Press and hold V briefly to open Starting the Vehicle Canceling a Remote Start
the trunk. 1. Aim the Remote Keyless Entry To cancel a remote start, do one of
Press and hold 7 briefly to locate transmitter at the vehicle. the following:
the vehicle. 2. Press Q. . Aim the RKE transmitter at
the vehicle and press and
Press and hold 7 for at least 3. Immediately after completing
hold / until the parking lamps
two seconds to sound the panic Step 2, press and hold / until turn off.
alarm. the turn signal lamps flash, or for
about 2 seconds if the vehicle is
. Turn on the hazard warning
Press 7 again to cancel the panic flashers.
not in view.
alarm.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Keys on page 22 and Remote
lamps will turn on and remain on as See Remote Vehicle Start on
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
long as the engine is running. The page 25.
Operation on page 23.
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
Remote Vehicle Start
The engine will continue to run for
For vehicles with this feature, the 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
engine can be started from outside 10-minute time extension. Remote
of the vehicle. start can be extended only once.
1-6 In Brief
Door Locks Safety Locks See Safety Locks on page 28.

To lock or unlock the vehicle from The rear door safety locks prevent
outside, use the Remote Keyless passengers from opening the rear Seat Adjustment
Entry (RKE) transmitter or the key. doors from inside the vehicle. Manual Front Seats
From inside the vehicle, use the
power door lock switch.
See Door Locks on page 27.
Power Door Locks
Press o { to activate the safety To adjust a manual seat:

locks on the rear doors. The LED
light (A) comes on when activated. 1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
The rear door power windows are
The power door lock switch is on also disabled. 2. Slide the seat to the desired
the instrument panel. position and release the handle.
K: Press to unlock the doors. Press o { again to deactivate the
3. Try to move the seat back and
lockout switch.
Q: Press to lock the doors. forth to be sure it is locked in
If the LED light flashes, the feature place.
See Power Door Locks on page 27. may not be working properly.
In Brief 1-7
Seat Height Adjuster Seat Cushion Tilt Feature Reclining Seatbacks
If available, move the lever up or If available, move the lever up or To recline the seatback:
down to manually raise or lower down to raise or lower the front of 1. Lift the lever.
the seat. the seat cushion.
2. Move the seatback to the
See Seat Adjustment on page 33. desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback in
place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
1-8 In Brief
To return the seatback to an upright Power Driver Seat Rear Seats

position:
The rear seatbacks can be folded.
1. Lift the lever fully without
For detailed instructions, see Rear
applying pressure to the
Seats on page 38.
seatback, and the seatback
returns to the upright position.
Heated Seats
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 35.
To adjust a power driver seat,

if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
On vehicles with heated front
front of the control up or down.
seats, the controls are on the
. Raise or lower the entire seat by center console. The engine must be
moving the rear of the control up running to operate the heated seats.
or down.
Press L or M to heat the driver or
See Power Seat Adjustment on passenger seat cushion and
page 34. seatback.
In Brief 1-9
Press the control once for the Safety Belts Sensing System for
highest setting. With each press
of the control, the heated seat will
Passenger Airbag
change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 37 for more information.
United States
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
Refer to the following sections for
adjusted properly.
important information on how to use
To achieve a comfortable seating safety belts properly: Canada
position, change the seatback . Safety Belts on page 310. The passenger sensing system will
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the . How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the right front passenger
head restraint height in the proper Properly on page 313. frontal airbag and the passenger
position. knee airbag under certain
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 319. conditions. The driver airbags,
For more information see Head . Lower Anchors and Tethers for seatmounted side impact airbags,
Restraints on page 32 and Seat Children (LATCH System) on and roofrail airbags are not affected
Adjustment on page 33. page 347. by the passenger sensing system.
See Passenger Sensing System on
1-10 In Brief
The passenger airbag status 2. Move the control to adjust the Interior
indicator will be visible on the mirror.
Adjust the inside rearview mirror by
instrument panel when the vehicle 3. Turn the selector switch to moving it up and down or side to
is started. See Passenger Airbag the O position to deselect the side. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare
Status Indicator on page 512. mirror. from the headlamps behind you.
See Power Mirrors on page 212. Push the tab forward for daytime
Mirror Adjustment use and pull it for nighttime use.
If the vehicle has heated mirrors,
Exterior see Heated Mirrors on page 213. See Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 213.
The vehicle may have an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare of lights from behind the
vehicle. The dimming feature and
indicator light come on each time
the vehicle is started.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror on page 213.
Controls for the outside power Vehicles with a manual mirror

mirrors are on the driver door. adjustment have controls next to
1. Turn the selector switch to each mirror.
L (left) or R (right) to choose See Manual Mirrors on page 212.
the driver or passenger mirror.
In Brief 1-11
Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Adjustment Dome Lamps
The reading lamps are located in

the overhead console.
# / $ : Press the button near
each lamp to turn it on or off.
To adjust the steering wheel: The dome lamp controls are located
1. Pull the lever (A) down. in the headliner.
2. Move the steering wheel up (: Press to turn the lamps off,
or down. even when a door is open.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel H : Press to turn the lamps on
closer or away from you. automatically when a door is
opened.
4. Push the lever (A) up to lock the
steering wheel in place. ' : Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
1-12 In Brief
Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps,

Control taillamps, license plate lamps, side
marker lamps, and instrument panel
lights.
5 : Turns on the headlamps,
parking lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, side marker lamps, and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
The exterior lamps control is located
This feature controls the brightness on the instrument panel to the # : For vehicles with fog lamps,
of the instrument panel controls and outboard side of the steering press to turn the lamps on or off.
infotainment display screen. The column. For more information, see:
thumbwheel is located to the left
of the steering column on the O: Briefly turn to this position to . Exterior Lamp Controls on
instrument panel. turn the automatic light control off page 61.
or on again. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
D (Instrument Panel
Brightness): Turn the thumbwheel AUTO: Turns the headlamps on on page 62.
up or down and hold, to brighten or automatically at normal brightness, . Front Fog Lamps on page 64.
dim the instrument panel controls together with the parking lamps,
and infotainment display screen. taillamps, license plate lamps, side
marker lamps, and instrument panel
lights.
In Brief 1-13
Windshield Wiper/Washer 9 : Turns the windshield Vehicles Without Air Conditioning

wipers off.
3 : Single wipe, briefly move the
wiper lever down. Several wipes,
hold the wiper lever down.
Windshield Washer
Pull the windshield wiper lever
With the ignition in ACC/ toward you to spray windshield
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move washer fluid and activate the wipers.
the windshield wiper lever to select The wipers will continue until the
the wiper speed. lever is released or the maximum
2: Fast wipes. wash time is reached.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on A. Temperature Control
1: Slow wipes.
page 53. B. Bi-level Air Mode
C. Floor Air Mode
Climate Controls
D. Vent Air Mode
The heating, cooling, defrosting,
and ventilation for the vehicle can E. Fan Control
be controlled with these systems. F. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped)
3 : Turn the band up for more G. Rear Window Defogger
frequent wipes or down for less H. Defog
frequent wipes.
I. Defrost
1-14 In Brief
Vehicles With Air Conditioning I. Defog F. Driver and Passenger Heated

J. Air Conditioning Seats (If Equipped)
K. Defrost G. Power
H. Recirculation
Automatic Climate Control System
I. MODE (Air Delivery Mode)
J. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
K. Air Conditioning
See Climate Control Systems on
page 81 or Automatic Climate
Control System on page 83
(If Equipped).
A. Temperature Control Transmission
B. Bi-level Air Mode
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
C. Floor Air Mode
D. Vent Air Mode A. Temperature Control allows you to shift an automatic
E. Fan Control B. Rear Window Defogger transmission similar to a manual
transmission. To use the DSC
F. Driver and Passenger Heated C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) feature:
Seats (If Equipped)
D. Defrost 1. Move the shift lever from
G. Rear Window Defogger D (Drive) to the left into the
E. Fan Control
H. Recirculation (+) or () manual position.
In Brief 1-15
2. Press the shift lever forward (+) Vehicle Features Storing a Favorite Station
to upshift or rearward () to
Stations from all bands can be
downshift. An M and the current
gear will be displayed in the Radio(s) stored in the favorite lists in any
order. Up to six stations can be
Driver Information Center (DIC). O : Press to turn the system stored in each favorite page and the
See Manual Mode on page 927. on and off. Turn to increase or number of available favorite pages
decrease the volume. can be set.
UpShift Light
BAND: Press to choose between To store the station to a position in
FM, AM, or XM, if equipped. the list, press the corresponding
MENU: Turn to select radio numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep
stations. Press to select a menu. is heard.
g: Press to seek the previous For more information, see Storing a
station or track. Station as a Favorite in AM-FM
Radio on page 711.
If the vehicle has a manual
l : Press to seek the next station
or track. Setting the Clock
transmission, it will have an up-shift
light that indicates when to shift to Buttons 1 to 6: Press to save and Adjusting the Time
the next higher gear for the best fuel select favorite stations.
economy. 1. Press the CONFIG button and
INFO: Press to show available select Time Settings.
See Manual Transmission on information about the current station
page 928. or track. 2. Select Set Time.
For more information about these 3. Turn the MENU knob to adjust
and other radio features, see the highlighted number.
Operation on page 76. 4. Press the MENU knob to select
the next number.
1-16 In Brief
5. To save the time and return to XM Satellite Radio Service Portable Audio Devices
the Time Settings menu, press
XM is a satellite radio service based Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm
the BACK button at any time or
in the 48 contiguous United States (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB
press the MENU knob after
and 10 Canadian provinces. XM port located in the center console.
adjusting the minutes.
Satellite Radio has a wide variety of External devices such as iPods,
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format programming and commercial-free laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
music, coast to coast, and in changers, and USB storage devices
1. Press the CONFIG button and
digital-quality sound. A fee is may be connected, depending on
select Time Settings.
required to receive the XM service. the audio system.
2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
For more information refer to: For more information, see Auxiliary
3. Press the MENU knob to select Devices on page 719.
. www.xmradio.com or call
the 12 hour or 24 hour display
1-800-929-2100 (U.S.).
format.
. www.xmradio.ca or call
Bluetooth
See Clock on page 55.
1-877-438-9677 (Canada). The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
Satellite Radio For more information, see Satellite
to make and receive hands-free
Radio on page 713.
Vehicles with an XM Satellite calls using the vehicle audio
Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite system, microphone, and controls.
Radio subscription can receive XM The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
programming. must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.
In Brief 1-17
See Bluetooth (Overview) on $ / i : Press to silence the Cruise Control

page 722 or Bluetooth vehicle speakers only. Press again
(Infotainment Controls) on to turn the sound on. For vehicles
page 724 or Bluetooth (Voice with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
Recognition) on page 728. press to reject an incoming call,
or to end a current call.
Steering Wheel Controls _ SRC ^ : Turn _ or ^ to select a
radio band or audio source.
Turn _ or ^ to select the next or
previous favorite radio station, CD,
or MP3 track.
Press SRC to change between
radio and CD or DVD.
+ x : Press + to increase 5 : Press to turn the cruise control
or to decrease the volume. system on and off.
For more information, see Steering RES/+ : Move the thumbwheel up
Wheel Controls on page 52. to resume a previously set speed or
to accelerate.
For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls SET/ : Move the thumbwheel
can be adjusted at the steering down to set a speed or to make the
wheel. vehicle decelerate.
b / g : Press to interact with the
available Bluetooth, OnStar,
or navigation system.
1-18 In Brief
*: Press to disengage cruise Driver Information C. MENU: Press to get to the

control without erasing the set Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle
Center (DIC) Information Menu. This button is
speed from memory.
The DIC display is located in the also used to return to or exit the
See Cruise Control on page 935. center of the instrument panel last screen displayed on
cluster. It shows the status of many the DIC.
Navigation System vehicle systems. The controls for For more information, see Driver
If the vehicle has a navigation the DIC are located on the turn Information Center (DIC) on
system, there is a separate signal lever. page 523.
navigation system manual that
includes information on the radio, Power Outlets
audio players, and navigation
system. The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
The navigation system provides such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
detailed maps of most major
freeways and roads. After a There is one accessory power
destination has been set, the A. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear outlet located on the center floor
system provides turn-by-turn the menu item when it is console and one on the rear of the
instructions for reaching the displayed. center floor console. These outlets
destination. In addition, the system are powered when the key is in
B. w x: Use the thumbwheel to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
can help locate a variety of points scroll through the items in
of interest (POIs), such as banks, or until the driver door is opened
each menu. within 10 minutes of turning off the
airports, restaurants, and more.
vehicle. See Retained Accessory
See the navigation system manual Power (RAP) on page 920.
for more information.
See Power Outlets on page 55.
In Brief 1-19
Performance and StabiliTrak System Tire Pressure Monitor

Maintenance The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire
directional control of the vehicle Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
in difficult driving conditions. The
Traction Control system is on when the vehicle is
System (TCS) started.
The traction control system limits . To turn off both Traction Control
wheel spin. The system is on when and StabiliTrak, press and hold
the vehicle is started. g until g and i illuminate and
. To turn off traction control, press the appropriate DIC message
displays. See Vehicle Messages The TPMS warning light alerts you
and release g located on the to a significant loss in pressure of
(Canada Base Level) on
console. i illuminates and page 526 or Vehicle Messages one of the vehicle's tires. If the
the appropriate DIC message (Canada Uplevel and United warning light comes on, stop as
displays. See Vehicle Messages States) on page 527. soon as possible and inflate the
(Canada Base Level) on tires to the recommended pressure
page 526 or Vehicle Messages
. Press g again to turn on both shown on the Tire and Loading
(Canada Uplevel and United systems. Information label. See Vehicle Load
States) on page 527. For more information, see Limits on page 911. The warning
StabiliTrak System on page 933. light will remain on until the tire
. Press and release g again to pressure is corrected.
turn traction control back on.
For more information, see Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 932.
1-20 In Brief
During cooler conditions, the low tire If the vehicle came with a jack and Resetting the Oil Life System
pressure warning light may appear spare tire, see If a Tire Goes Flat on 1. Using the DIC MENU button
when the vehicle is first started and page 1060. and thumbwheel, scroll until
then turn off. This may be an early you reach REMAINING OIL
indicator that the tire pressures are Engine Oil Life System LIFE on the DIC (oil can symbol
getting low and the tires need to be with % sign for Canada).
inflated to the proper pressure. The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle 2. Press the SET button to
The TPMS does not replace normal use and displays the CHANGE reset the oil life at 100%. When
monthly tire maintenance. It is the ENGINE OIL SOON DIC message prompted, use the thumbwheel
drivers responsibility to maintain or Code 82 DIC message when it is to highlight YES or NO. Press
correct tire pressures. necessary to change the engine oil the SET/CLEAR button to
See Tire Pressure Monitor System and filter. confirm.
on page 1048. Remember, the Oil Life display Be careful not to reset the oil life
must be reset after each oil change. display accidentally at any time
Tire Sealant and It will not reset itself. Also, be other than after the oil is changed.
Compressor Kit careful not to reset the Oil Life It cannot be reset accurately.
display accidentally at any time
This vehicle may come with a jack other than when the oil has just See Engine Oil Life System on
and spare tire or a tire sealant and been changed. It cannot be reset page 1012.
compressor kit. The kit can be used accurately until the next oil change.
to temporarily seal small punctures To reset the engine oil life system
in the tread area of the tire. press the SET button while the Oil
See Tire Sealant and Compressor Life display is active.
Kit on page 1062 for complete
operating information.
In Brief 1-21
. Combine several trips into a
Driving for Better Fuel single trip.
Roadside Assistance and OnStar
Economy .
If you have an active OnStar
Replace the vehicle's tires with
Driving habits can affect fuel subscription, press the Q button
the same TPC Spec number
mileage. Here are some driving and the current GPS location will
molded into the tire's sidewall
tips to get the best fuel economy be sent to an OnStar advisor who
near the size.
possible. will assess your problem, contact
. Follow recommended scheduled Roadside Assistance, and relay
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate maintenance. your exact location to get the help
smoothly. you need.
. Brake gradually and avoid Roadside Assistance Online Owner Center
abrupt stops. Program
The Online Owner Center is a
. Avoid idling the engine for long U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 complimentary service that includes
periods of time. online service reminders, vehicle
TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438
. When road and weather maintenance tips, online owner
conditions are appropriate, Canada: 1-800-268-6800 manual, special privileges,
use cruise control. As the owner of a new Chevrolet, and more.
. Always follow posted speed you are automatically enrolled in the Sign up today at:
limits or drive more slowly Roadside Assistance program. www.chevyownercenter.com
when conditions require. See Roadside Assistance Program (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada).
. Keep vehicle tires properly on page 136 for more information.
inflated.
1-22 In Brief
OnStar How OnStar Service Works Automatic Crash Response,

Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Q : Push this blue button to Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
connect to a specially trained
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
OnStar Advisor to verify your
Roadside Assistance, TurnbyTurn
account information and to
Navigation, and HandsFree Calling
answer questions.
are available on most vehicles. Not
] : Push this red emergency all OnStar services are available on
button to get priority help from all vehicles. For more information,
For vehicles with an active OnStar specially trained OnStar Emergency see the OnStar Owner's Guide;
subscription, OnStar uses several Advisors. visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
innovative technologies and live X : Push this button for handsfree, www.onstar.ca (Canada); contact
Advisors to provide a wide range voiceactivated calling and to give OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR
of safety, security, navigation, voice commands for HandsFree (18884667827) or TTY
diagnostics, and calling services. Calling and TurnbyTurn 18772482080; or push
Automatic Crash Response Navigation. the Q button to speak with an
OnStar Advisor 24 hours a day,
In a crash, builtin sensors seven days a week.
automatically alert an OnStar
Advisor who is immediately For a full description of OnStar
connected to the vehicle to services and system limitations,
see if you need help. see the OnStar Owner's Guide in
the glove box.
In Brief 1-23
OnStar service is subject to the OnStar service may not work if the OnStar Steering Wheel
OnStar Terms and Conditions OnStar equipment is not properly Controls
included in the OnStar Glove installed or you have not maintained
Box Kit. it even if the vehicle is in good This vehicle may have Talk/Mute
working order and in compliance buttons that can be used to interact
OnStar service requires wireless with OnStar Hands-Free calling.
communication networks and the with all government regulations.
If you try to add, connect, or modify See Steering Wheel Controls on
Global Positioning System (GPS) page 52 for more information.
satellite network. Not all OnStar any equipment or software in the
services are available everywhere vehicle, OnStar service may not On some vehicles, the Talk/Mute
or on all vehicles at all times. work. Other problems beyond buttons can be used to dial phone
OnStar's control may prevent extensions. See the OnStar Owner's
OnStar service cannot work unless service to you, such as hills, tall Guide for more information.
the vehicle is in a place where buildings, tunnels, weather,
OnStar has an agreement with a electrical system design and Your Responsibility
wireless service provider for service architecture of the vehicle, damage Increase the volume of the radio
in that area, and the wireless to important parts of the vehicle in a if the OnStar Advisor cannot be
service provider has coverage, crash, or wireless phone network heard.
network capacity, reception, and congestion or jamming.
technology compatible with OnStar's If the light next to the OnStar
service. Service involving location See Radio Frequency Statement on buttons is red, the system may
information about the vehicle page 1316 for information not be functioning properly.
cannot work unless GPS signals regarding Part 15 of the Federal Push Q and request a vehicle
are available, unobstructed, and Communications Commission (FCC)
diagnostic. If the light appears clear
compatible with the OnStar rules and Industry Canada
(no light appears), your OnStar
hardware. The vehicle must have Standards RSS-210/220/310.
subscription has expired and all
a working electrical system and services have been deactivated.
adequate battery power for the Push Q to confirm that the OnStar
OnStar equipment to operate. equipment is active.
1-24 In Brief
2 NOTES
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors and Doors

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-13
Windows Vehicle Security
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Windows
Keys and Locks Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-10 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Exterior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Roof
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys and Locks

Keys
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous for
many reasons. Children or others
could be badly injured or even
killed. They could operate the
power windows or other controls
The key that is part of the Remote Press the key release button on the
or even make the vehicle move.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter RKE transmitter to extend the key
The windows will function with the can be used for the ignition and blade. Press the button and the key
keys in the ignition and children all locks. blade to retract the key.
could be seriously injured or killed
if caught in the path of a closing See your dealer if a new key is
window. Do not leave the keys in needed.
a vehicle with children. Notice: If the keys get locked in
the vehicle, it may have to be
damaged to get them out. Always
carry a spare key.
If you are locked out of the vehicle,
see Roadside Assistance Program
on page 136.

. Check the transmitter's battery.
Remote Keyless Entry See Battery Replacement later
(RKE) System in this section.
See Radio Frequency Statement on . If the transmitter is still not
page 1316 for information working correctly, see your
regarding Part 15 of the Federal dealer or a qualified technician
Communications Commission (FCC) for service.
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310. Remote Keyless Entry
If there is a decrease in the RKE (RKE) System Operation
operating range:
The RKE transmitter will work up to
. Check the distance. The 20 m (65 ft) away from the vehicle. RKE Transmitter with Remote
transmitter may be too far
Other conditions can affect the Start Shown
from the vehicle.
performance of the transmitter. See The following may be available:
. Check the location. Other Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
vehicles or objects may be System on page 23. Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
blocking the signal. The turn signal indicators may
flash and/or the horn may sound
to indicate locking. See Locking
Feedback under Vehicle
Personalization on page 533.
If the driver door is open when Q is V (Remote Trunk Release): Programming Transmitters to
pressed and Unlocked Door Anti Press and hold briefly to open the the Vehicle
Lock Out is enabled through vehicle trunk.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
personalization, all doors will lock 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic to this vehicle will work. If a
and then the driver door will unlock. Alarm): Press and hold briefly to transmitter is lost or stolen, a
See Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out locate the vehicle. The exterior replacement can be purchased and
under Vehicle Personalization on lamps flash and the horn chirps. programmed through your dealer.
page 533. When the replacement transmitter is
Press and hold 7 for at least
Pressing Q may also arm the programmed to this vehicle, all
two seconds to sound the panic
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle remaining transmitters must also be
alarm. The horn sounds and the
Alarm System on page 210. reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
turn signals flash for 30 seconds,
transmitters will no longer work
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the or until 7 is pressed again or the once the new transmitter is
driver door or all doors. See Door key is placed in the ignition and programmed.
Unlock Options under Vehicle turned to ON/RUN.
Personalization on page 533. Battery Replacement
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): For
The turn signal indicators may vehicles with this feature, The battery is not rechargeable.
flash and/or the horn may sound press Q and then press and To replace the battery:
to indicate unlocking. See Unlock 1. Extend the key blade and open
hold / to start the engine from
Feedback under Vehicle the battery cover on the back of
Personalization on page 533. outside the vehicle using the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle the transmitter by prying with a
Pressing K will disarm the Start on page 25 for additional finger.
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle information. 2. Remove the used battery by
Alarm System on page 210. pushing on the battery and
sliding it toward the key blade.
3. Insert the new battery, positive to the last used heating or cooling Starting the Vehicle
side facing up. Push the battery mode. Once the key is turned to To start the engine using the remote
down until it is held in place. ON/RUN, the climate control system start feature:
Replace with a CR2032 or will turn on at the setting the vehicle
equivalent battery. was last set to. If the vehicle has 1. Aim the Remote Keyless Entry
heated seats, they may come on transmitter at the vehicle.
4. Snap the battery cover back on
during a remote start. See Heated
to the transmitter.
Front Seats on page 37 for more
2. Press Q.
information. 3. Immediately after completing
Remote Vehicle Start
Laws in some local communities Step 2, press and hold / until
The vehicle may have this feature may restrict the use of remote the turn signal lamps flash, or for
that allows you to start the engine starters. For example, some laws about 2 seconds if the vehicle is
from outside the vehicle. require a person using remote start not in view.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): This to have the vehicle in view. Check When the engine starts, the
button will be on the RKE local regulations for any parking lamps will turn on and
transmitter if the vehicle has requirements. remain on as long as the engine
remote start. There are other conditions which is running. The doors will be
Vehicles with an automatic climate can affect the performance of the locked and the climate control
control system will default to a transmitter. See Remote Keyless system may come on.
heating or cooling mode depending Entry (RKE) System on page 23 for The engine will continue to run
on the outside temperature during a additional information. for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps
remote start. A vehicle without for a 10-minute time extension.
automatic climate control will default Remote start can be extended
only once.
Insert the key and turn it to ON/RUN
before driving.
Extending Engine Run Time After this, the vehicle's ignition Conditions in Which Remote Start
For a 10-minute extension, repeat switch must be turned to ON/RUN Will Not Work
Steps 1 through 3 while the engine and then back to LOCK/OFF using The remote vehicle start feature will
is still running. The remote start can the key, before the remote start not operate if:
be extended once. procedure can be used again.
. The key is in the ignition.
When the remote start is extended, Canceling a Remote Start
. The hood is not closed.
the second 10 minutes will start To cancel a remote start, do one of
immediately. the following:
. The hazard warning flashers
are on.
For example, if the engine has . Aim the RKE transmitter at
been running for five minutes, and the vehicle and press and
. The malfunction indicator lamp
10 minutes are added, the engine is on.
hold / until the parking lamps
will run for a total of 15 minutes. turn off. . The engine coolant temperature
A maximum of two remote starts, is too high.
. Turn on the hazard warning
or a single start with an extension, flashers. . The oil pressure is low.
are allowed between ignition cycles.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. . Two remote vehicle starts, or
a single remote start with an
extension, have already
been used.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

Power Door Locks
{ WARNING . Outsiders can easily enter

through an unlocked door
Unlocked doors can be when slowing or stopping the
dangerous. vehicle. Lock the doors to
. Passengers, especially help prevent this from
children, can easily open the happening.
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. The chance of being To lock or unlock a door from
thrown out of the vehicle in outside the vehicle, use the Remote
a crash is increased if the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
doors are not locked. So, From inside the vehicle, use the
all passengers should wear power door lock switch.
safety belts properly and The power door lock switch is on
the doors should be locked The doors can also be unlocked the instrument panel.
whenever the vehicle is from the inside by pulling the door
driven. handle. Pulling the door handle Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
again unlatches the door. K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
. Young children who get into
doors.
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
(Continued)
Automatic Door Locks Doors

Automatic Door Lock
Trunk
The doors are programmed to
automatically lock when the shift
lever is moved out of P (Park). { WARNING
The automatic door lock feature Exhaust gases can enter the
cannot be disabled. vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
Automatic Door Unlock
any objects that pass through the
The doors will automatically unlock seal between the body and the
when the shift lever is moved into trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
P (Park). Press o { to activate the safety exhaust contains Carbon
locks on the rear doors. The LED Monoxide (CO) which cannot
See Vehicle Personalization on
light (A) comes on when activated. be seen or smelled. It can cause
page 533.
The rear door power windows are unconsciousness and even death.
Safety Locks also disabled. If the vehicle must be driven with
The rear door safety locks prevent Press o { again to deactivate the the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
passengers from opening the rear lockout switch. . Close all of the windows.
doors from inside the vehicle.
If the LED light flashes, the feature . Fully open the air outlets on
may not be working properly. or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Remote Trunk Release when securing items in the trunk

WARNING (Continued) as it could damage the handle.
The emergency trunk release
. Adjust the Climate Control handle is only intended to aid a
system to a setting that person trapped in a latched trunk,
brings in only outside air enabling them to open the trunk
and set the fan speed to the from the inside.
highest setting. See Climate
Control System in the Index.
. If the vehicle has a power
liftgate, disable the power
liftgate function.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 923. To open the trunk from outside the
vehicle, press the V button on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter, or by pressing the
touchpad above the license plate
when the doors are unlocked.
There is an emergency trunk
Emergency Trunk Release release handle located inside the
Handle trunk on the trunk lid. The release
handle can be accessed by folding
Notice: Do not use the the rear seatback. See Rear Seats
emergency trunk release handle on page 38. Pull the release handle
as a tie-down or anchor point to open the trunk from the inside.
Vehicle Security Disarming the System Immobilizer Operation

This vehicle has theft-deterrent To disarm the system press K on This vehicle has a passive
features; however, they do not the RKE transmitter. theft-deterrent system.
make it impossible to steal. The system does not have to be
Turning off the System Alarm
manually armed or disarmed.
Vehicle Alarm System If there is an attempt to open the
The vehicle is automatically
doors, trunk, or hood without first
This vehicle has a theft alarm immobilized when the key is
system. pressing K on the transmitter, the removed from the ignition.
system alarm will be activated.
Arming the System The exterior lamps will flash and The system is automatically
the horn will sound for about disarmed when the vehicle is
To arm the system, use the power started with the correct key. The
door lock switch or the RKE 30 seconds.
key uses a transponder that
transmitter to lock the vehicle while To turn off the system alarm matches an immobilizer control unit
exiting with the vehicle turned off. press K on the RKE transmitter. in the vehicle and automatically
The alarm arms after about disarms the system. Only an
30 seconds after all the doors have Immobilizer authorized key starts the vehicle.
been closed. The vehicle may not start if the key
See Radio Frequency Statement on is damaged.
Press Q again and the system arms page 1316 for information
immediately. regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
The security light, located in the rules and Industry Canada
center of the instrument panel, will Standards RSS-210/220/310.
flash slowly.
If the engine still does not start, and Exterior Mirrors

the key appears to be undamaged
or the light continues to stay on, try
another ignition key. If the engine Convex Mirrors
does not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle { WARNING
The security light, located in the does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your dealer who can A convex mirror can make things,
instrument panel cluster, comes on
service the theft-deterrent system like other vehicles, look farther
if there is a problem with arming or
disarming the theft-deterrent and have a new key made. away than they really are. If you
system. cut too sharply into the right lane,
Do not leave the key or device
that disarms or deactivates the you could hit a vehicle on the
When trying to start the vehicle, the right. Check the inside mirror or
security light comes on briefly when theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
glance over your shoulder before
the ignition is turned on. changing lanes.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
The passenger side mirror is convex
problem with the system. Turn the
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
ignition off and try again.
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors To adjust the mirror:

1. Turn the selector switch
to L (left) or R (right) to choose
the driver or passenger mirror.
2. Move the control to adjust the
mirror.
3. Turn the selector switch to
the O position to deselect the
mirror.
Vehicles with a manual mirror Controls for the outside power

adjustment have controls next to mirrors are located on the
each mirror. driver door.
Adjust the inside rearview mirror by
moving it up and down or side to
side. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare
from the headlamps behind you.
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it for nighttime use.
Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors Vehicles with OnStar have three

control buttons located at the
Manual Foldaway Mirrors bottom of the mirror. See your
Manual Rearview Mirror dealer for more information about
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded Hold the mirror in the center to OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
inward to prevent damage when move it for a clearer view of behind See the OnStar Owner's Guide for
going through an automatic car your vehicle. Adjust the mirror to more information about the services
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward avoid glare from the headlamps OnStar provides.
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward behind you. Push the tab at the
Cleaning the Mirror
to return it to the original position. bottom of the mirror forward for
daytime use and pull it for Do not spray glass cleaner directly
Heated Mirrors nighttime use. on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
The vehicle may have heated Automatic Dimming
mirrors.
Rearview Mirror
= (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the outside rearview The vehicle may have an automatic
mirrors. See Rear Window dimming inside rearview mirror.
Defogger under Automatic Climate Automatic dimming reduces the
Control System on page 83 for glare from the headlamps of the
more information. vehicle behind you. The dimming
feature and the indicator light come
on each time the vehicle is started.
Windows Power Windows
{ WARNING { WARNING
Leaving children, helpless adults, Leaving children in a vehicle with
or pets in a vehicle with the the keys is dangerous for many
windows closed is dangerous. reasons. Children or others could
They can be overcome by be badly injured or even killed.
the extreme heat and suffer They could operate the power
permanent injuries or even death windows or other controls or even
from heat stroke. Never leave a make the vehicle move. The
child, a helpless adult, or a pet windows will function and they
alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are could be seriously injured or killed
designed to improve fuel economy if caught in the path of a closing
the windows closed in warm or
performance. This may result in a window. Do not leave keys in a
hot weather.
pulsing sound when either rear vehicle with children.
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the When there are children in the
sound, open either a front window rear seat use the window lockout
or the sunroof (if equipped). button to prevent unintentional
operation of the windows.
Express Window Operation If conditions prevent the window

from closing and the window
Your vehicle may have windows
continues to auto-reverse, it is
with an express-up or down feature.
possible to close the window with
This feature allows the window to be
the ignition in ON/RUN by holding
lowered or raised without holding
the window switch in the partially or
the switch. Passenger side and rear
fully pulled up position. Release of
windows only have express-down.
the switch from the partially pulled
Pull a window switch up or push it
up position will cause the window to
down all the way, release it, and
stop. Release of the switch from the
the window goes down or up
fully pulled up position will activate
automatically. Stop the window by
the express-up and related obstacle
pushing or pulling the switch.
detection features.
On vehicles with power windows,
the switches are on the doors. Obstacle Detection Feature Programming the Power
Push the switch down to open the If equipped with express-up, and an Windows
window. Pull the front of the switch object is in the path of the window
when closing, the window will stop If the battery on the vehicle has
up to close it. been recharged or disconnected,
at the obstruction and auto-reverse
The switches work when the ignition to a preset factory position. Weather or is not working, you will need to
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, conditions such as severe cold and/ reprogram each front power window
or in Retained Accessory Power or ice may also cause the window for the express-up feature to work.
(RAP). See Retained Accessory to auto-reverse. The window will Before reprogramming, replace or
Power (RAP) on page 920. return to normal operation once the recharge the vehicle's battery.
obstruction or condition is removed.
To program each front window, Window Lockout Press o { to activate the rear
follow these steps: window lockout switch. The LED
1. With the ignition in ACC/ light (A) comes on when activated.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, The rear door locks are also
or when Retained Accessory disabled.
Power (RAP) is active, close
all doors. Press o { again to deactivate the
2. Press and hold the power lockout switch.
window switch until the window If the LED light flashes, the feature
is fully open. may not be working properly.
3. Pull the power window switch up Overload Feature
until the window is fully closed.
If the windows are operated
4. Continue holding the switch up repeatedly in short intervals, the
for approximately two seconds The rear window lockout switch is window operation is disabled for a
after the window is completely on the driver door. This feature short time.
closed. prevents the rear passenger
The window is now reprogrammed. windows from operating, except
Repeat the process for the other from the driver position.
windows.
Sun Visors Roof To open or close the sunroof, press

the open or close sunroof switch (A)
to the first detent position.
Sunroof
To express open or close the
sunroof with the safety function
enabled, press the open or close
sunroof switch (A) to the second
detent position and release. To stop
the movement, press the switch
again.
To automatically tilt or close the
sunroof, press the tilt open or
close sunroof switch (B).
If an object is in the path of the
Pull the sun visor down to block sunroof while it is closing, the
glare. Detach the sun visor from the anti-pinch feature will detect the
center mount to pivot to the side On vehicles with a sunroof, the object and stop the sunroof.
window, or to extend along the rod, switches are on the overhead
if available. The sunroof glass panel cannot be
console. opened or closed if the vehicle has
The sunroof only operates when an electrical failure.
the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 920 for more information.
Sunshade To initialize the sunroof:

The sunshade is manually operated. 1. Press the close sunroof switch
Close or open the sunshade by to the first detent position. Hold
sliding. When the sunroof is the switch in this position for
opened, the sunshade is 10 seconds after the sunroof has
always open. fully closed.
Safety Function 2. Press the open sunroof switch to
the first detent position. Release
If the sunroof has any resistance the switch when the sunroof is
Dirt and debris may collect on the during automatic closing, it will
sunroof seal or in the track. This fully opened.
immediately stop and reverse.
could cause an issue with sunroof 3. Press the open sunroof switch to
operation, noise, or plugging within To override the safety function, the first detent position and hold
the water drainage system. press and hold the close sunroof for 10 seconds. The sunroof will
Periodically open the sunroof and switch. The sunroof closes without automatically close. The switch
remove any obstacles or loose the safety function. To stop the can be released when the
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and movement, release the switch. sunroof stops.
roof sealing area using a clean Initializing the Sunroof
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof. If the sunroof cannot be fully closed,
or the express open or close feature
does not function, the sunroof may
need to be initialized. This can
happen if the battery has been
disconnected or the sunroof has
been serviced.
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-24

Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-44
Airbag System Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-46
Head Restraints Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-28 for Children (LATCH
Front Seats When Should an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Replacing LATCH System
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 What Makes an Airbag Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Securing Child Restraints
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 How Does an Airbag (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Securing Child Restraints
Rear Seats What Will You See after an (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-57
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Passenger Sensing
Safety Belts System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Adding Equipment to the
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-38
Safety Belt Use During Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-39
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Replacing Airbag System
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints in
the outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of
the seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The vehicle's rear seat may be Front Seats

equipped with an adjustable
headrest in the center seating
position that can be adjusted the Seat Adjustment
same way as the head restraints.
The front seat outboard head { WARNING
restraints and the center seat You can lose control of the
rear headrest, if equipped, are vehicle if you try to adjust a
not designed to be removed.
manual driver seat while the
If you are installing a child restraint vehicle is moving. The sudden
in the rear seat, see Securing a movement could startle and
Child Restraint Designed for the confuse you, or make you push a
LATCH System under Lower To adjust a manual seat:
pedal when you do not want to.
Anchors and Tethers for Children Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Pull the handle at the front of
(LATCH System) on page 347. the vehicle is not moving. the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Seat Height Adjuster Seat Cushion Tilt Feature Power Seat Adjustment
If available, move the lever up or If available, move the lever up or To adjust the power driver seat,
down to manually raise or lower down to raise or lower the front of if equipped:
the seat. the seat cushion. . Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
To adjust the seatback, see

Reclining Seatbacks on page 35 for { WARNING
more information.
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
Reclining Seatbacks stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
{ WARNING Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
You can lose control of the
locked.
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and To recline the seatback:
confuse you, or make you push a
1. Lift the lever.
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when If necessary, move the safety
the vehicle is not moving. belt out of the way to access the
lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback in
place.
To return the seatback to an upright

position: WARNING (Continued)
1. Lift the lever fully without The lap belt cannot do its job
applying pressure to the either. In a crash, the belt could
seatback, and the seatback go up over your abdomen. The
returns to the upright position. belt forces would be there, not at
2. Push and pull on the seatback to your pelvic bones. This could
make sure it is locked. cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
{ WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
Sitting in a reclined position when
back in the seat and wear the Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is in motion can be
safety belt properly. the vehicle is moving.
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job when reclined like this.
The shoulder belt cannot do its
job because it will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash, you could
go into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
(Continued)
Heated Front Seats The passenger seat may take

longer to heat up.
{ WARNING Remote Start Heated Seats
If you cannot feel temperature When it is cold outside, the

heated seats can be turned on
change or pain to the skin, the
automatically during a remote
seat heater may cause burns
vehicle start. The heated seats will
even at low temperatures. To be canceled when the ignition is
reduce the risk of burns, people turned on. Press the control to use
with such a condition should use the heated seats after the vehicle is
care when using the seat heater, started.
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on On vehicles with heated front The heated seat indicator lights on
the seat that insulates against seats, the controls are on the the control do not turn on during a
center console. The engine must remote start.
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This be running to operate the heated The temperature performance of an
may cause the seat heater to seats. unoccupied seat may be reduced.
overheat. An overheated seat Press L or M to heat the driver This is normal.
heater may cause a burn or may or passenger seat cushion and The heated seats will not turn on
damage the seat. seatback. during a remote start unless the
heated seat feature is enabled in
Press the control once for the
the vehicle personalization menu.
highest setting. With each press
See Remote Vehicle Start on
of the control, the heated seat will
page 25 and Remote Start
change to the next lower setting,
Auto Heat Seats under Vehicle
and then the off setting. Three lights
Personalization on page 533 for
indicate the highest setting and one
more information.
light the lowest.
Rear Seats
Either side of the rear seatback can
be folded.
To fold the rear seatbacks:
Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
2. Make sure the safety belt is in A tab near the seatback lever
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts the guide on top of the seatback. raises when the seatback is
and place the front seatback in unlocked.
the upright position. 3. Reach under the safety belt and
pull the lever to unlock the 4. Fold the seatback forward.
seatback. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for the
other seatback, if desired.
To raise the seatback: 2. Lift the seatback up and push it

rearward until it clicks into place. { WARNING
{ WARNING Keep the safety belts clear of the
seatback and untwisted. If the seatback is not locked, it
A safety belt that is improperly could move forward in a sudden
A tab near the seatback lever stop or crash. That could cause
routed, not properly attached, retracts when the seatback is
or twisted will not provide the injury to the person sitting there.
locked in place. Always pull forward on the top of
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be The center rear safety belt the seatback at the area of the
may lock when you raise the latch to be sure it is locked.
seriously injured. After raising the
seatback. If this happens, let
rear seatback, always check to
the belt go back all the way and
be sure that the safety belts are start again. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
properly routed and attached, make sure it is locked into
and are not twisted. position.
4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for the
1. Make sure the safety belt is in other seatback, if necessary.
the guide on the top of the Keep the seat in the upright locked
seatback. position when not in use.
Safety Belts { WARNING

In most states and in all Canadian
provinces, the law requires wearing
This section of the manual safety belts. Here is why:
describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside You never know if you will be in
properly. It also describes some
of a vehicle. In a collision, people a crash. If you do have a crash,
things not to do with safety belts.
riding in these areas are more you do not know if it will be a
serious one.
{ WARNING likely to be seriously injured or
killed. Do not allow people to ride A few crashes are mild, and some
Do not let anyone ride where a in any area of your vehicle that is crashes can be so serious that even
safety belt cannot be worn not equipped with seats and buckled up, a person would not
properly. In a crash, if you or your safety belts. Be sure everyone in survive. But most crashes are in
passenger(s) are not wearing the vehicle is in a seat and using between. In many of them, people
safety belts, the injuries can be a safety belt properly. who buckle up can survive and
much worse. You can hit things sometimes walk away. Without
safety belts they could have been
inside the vehicle harder or be This vehicle has indicators as a badly hurt or killed.
ejected from the vehicle. You reminder to buckle the safety belts.
and your passenger(s) can be See Safety Belt Reminders on After more than 40 years of safety
seriously injured or killed. In the page 510 for additional information. belts in vehicles, the facts are clear.
same crash, you might not be, In most crashes buckling up does
if you are buckled up. Always matter ... a lot!
fasten your safety belt, and check
that your passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
Why Safety Belts Work

When you ride in or on anything,
you go as fast as it goes.
Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the

vehicle. The rider does not stop.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose

it is just a seat on wheels.
The person keeps going until or the instrument panel... or the safety belts!
stopped by something. In a real With safety belts, you slow down
vehicle, it could be the windshield... as the vehicle does. You get more
time to stop. You stop over more
distance, and your strongest bones
take the forces. That is why safety
belts make such good sense.
Questions and Answers About Q: If I am a good driver, and I How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts never drive far from home,
why should I wear safety
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle belts? This section is only for people of
after a crash if I am wearing a adult size.
safety belt? A: You may be an excellent driver,
but if you are in a crash even Be aware that there are special
A: You could be whether you are one that is not your fault you things to know about safety belts
wearing a safety belt or not. But and your passenger(s) can be and children. And there are different
your chance of being conscious hurt. Being a good driver does rules for smaller children and
during and after an accident, so not protect you from things infants. If a child will be riding in
you can unbuckle and get out, is beyond your control, such as the vehicle, see Older Children on
much greater if you are belted. bad drivers. page 340 or Infants and Young
And you can unbuckle a safety Children on page 342. Follow those
belt, even if you are Most accidents occur within
40 km (25 mi) of home. And the rules for everyone's protection.
upside down.
greatest number of serious It is very important for all occupants
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why injuries and deaths occur at to buckle up. Statistics show that
should I have to wear safety speeds of less than unbelted people are hurt more often
belts? 65 km/h (40 mph). in crashes than those who are
A: Airbags are supplemental Safety belts are for everyone. wearing safety belts.
systems only; so they work with Occupants who are not buckled up
safety belts not instead of can be thrown out of the vehicle in a
them. Whether or not an airbag crash. And they can strike others in
is provided, all occupants still the vehicle who are wearing safety
have to buckle up to get the belts.
most protection. That is true
not only in frontal collisions, but
especially in side and other
collisions.
First, before you or your low and snug on the hips, just Q: What is wrong with this?
passenger(s) wear a safety belt, touching the thighs. In a crash, this
there is important information you applies force to the strong pelvic
should know. bones and you would be less likely
to slide under the lap belt. If you slid
under it, the belt would apply force
on your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The
shoulder belt should go over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining forces.
The shoulder belt locks if there is a
sudden stop or crash.
A: The shoulder belt is too loose.
It will not give as much
protection this way.
Sit up straight and always keep your
feet on the floor in front of you. The
lap part of the belt should be worn
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if the You can be seriously hurt if the
shoulder belt is too loose. In a lap belt is too loose. In a crash,
crash, you would move forward you could slide under the lap
too much, which could increase belt and apply force on your
injury. The shoulder belt should fit abdomen. This could cause
snugly against your body. serious or even fatal injuries. The
lap belt should be worn low and
snug on the hips, just touching
the thighs.
A: The lap belt is too loose. It will

not give nearly as much
protection this way.
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured if the
belt is buckled in the wrong place
like this. In a crash, the belt would
go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not
on the pelvic bones. This could
cause serious internal injuries.
Always buckle the belt into the
buckle nearest you.
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong A: The belt is over an armrest.

buckle.
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously injured if the You can be seriously injured if
belt goes over an armrest like you wear the shoulder belt under
this. The belt would be much too your arm. In a crash, your body
high. In a crash, you can slide would move too far forward,
under the belt. The belt force which would increase the chance
would then be applied on the of head and neck injury. Also, the
abdomen, not on the pelvic belt would apply too much force
bones, and that could cause to the ribs, which are not as
serious or fatal injuries. Be sure strong as shoulder bones. You
the belt goes under the armrests. could also severely injure internal
organs like your liver or spleen.
A: The shoulder belt is worn under The shoulder belt should go over
the arm. It should be worn over the shoulder and across the
the shoulder at all times. chest.
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured by
not wearing the lap-shoulder belt
properly. In a crash, you would
not be restrained by the shoulder
belt. Your body could move too
far forward increasing the chance
of head and neck injury. You
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
A: The belt is behind the body. injuries. The shoulder belt should A: The belt is twisted across
go over the shoulder and across the body.
the chest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if

{ WARNING you pull the belt across you very
All seating positions in the vehicle quickly. If this happens, let the
You can be seriously injured by a have a lap-shoulder belt. belt go back slightly to unlock it.
twisted belt. In a crash, you would Then pull the belt across you
The following instructions explain
not have the full width of the belt more slowly.
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
to spread impact forces. If a belt properly.
is twisted, make it straight so it If the shoulder portion of a
can work properly, or ask your 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out
adjustable, so you can sit up all the way, the child restraint
dealer to fix it.
straight. To see how, see Seats locking feature may be engaged.
in the Index. If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let it 3. Push the latch plate into the
get twisted. buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to

make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 324.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
later in this section for 4. To make the lap part tight, pull To unlatch the belt, push the button
instructions on use and up on the shoulder belt. on the buckle. The belt should
important safety information. return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Safety Belt Pretensioners

The vehicle has a shoulder belt This vehicle has safety belt
height adjuster for the driver and pretensioners for front outboard
right front passenger seating occupants. Although the safety belt
positions. pretensioners cannot be seen, they
Adjust the guide so the shoulder are part of the safety belt assembly.
portion of the belt is on the shoulder They can help tighten the safety
and not falling off of it. The belt belts during the early stages of a
should be close to, but not moderate to severe frontal and
contacting, the neck. Improper near frontal crash if the threshold
shoulder belt height adjustment conditions for pretensioner
could reduce the effectiveness of activation are met.
the safety belt in a crash. See How Press the release button (A) and Pretensioners work only once. If the
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on move the height adjuster to the pretensioners activate in a crash,
page 313. desired position. The adjuster can they will need to be replaced, and
be moved up by pushing the slide/ probably other new parts for the
trim up. After the adjuster is set to vehicle's safety belt system. See
the desired position, try to move it Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
down without pushing the release after a Crash on page 325.
button to make sure it has locked
into position.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort There is one guide, if equipped, for

Guides each outboard passenger position in
the rear seat. To install a comfort
This vehicle may have rear shoulder guide to the safety belt:
belt comfort guides. If not, they are
available through the dealer. The
guides may provide added safety
belt comfort for older children who
have outgrown booster seats and
for some adults. When installed and
properly adjusted, the comfort guide
positions the belt away from the
neck and head.
2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
1. Remove the guide from its

storage pocket on the side of
the seat.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash.
The person wearing the belt
could be seriously injured. The
shoulder belt should go over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces.
3. Be sure that the belt is not 4. Buckle, position, and release
twisted and it lies flat. The the safety belt as described
elastic cord must be under the previously in this section. Make
belt and the guide on top. sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
5. To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt
can be removed from the guide.
Store the guide in its storage
pocket on the seatback.
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
to protect the mother. When a safety
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety
Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts,
including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors,
occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety and anchorages are working
be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them properly. Look for any other loose or
wear safety belts. properly. damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you
around you, you should use it. in a crash. They can rip apart under
But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or
enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away.
an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder
order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt
will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 510 for more
long enough for you. To help avoid information.
personal injury, do not let someone
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
else use it, and use it only for the
See Safety Belt Care on page 325.
seat it is made to fit. The extender
A pregnant woman should wear has been designed for adults. Never
a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child seats. To
portion should be worn as low as wear it, attach it to the regular safety
possible, below the rounding, belt. For more information, see the
throughout the pregnancy. instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that
Crash were used during any crash may
{ WARNING have been stressed or damaged.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.

{ WARNING See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety replaced.
a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be
provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt
Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the
soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash.
serious injury or even death in a
Have the safety belt pretensioners
crash. To help make sure the
checked if the vehicle has been in a
safety belt systems are working
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle
inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag
replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 511.
possible.

. A roof-rail airbag for the right are also designed to help reduce
Airbag System front passenger and the the risk of injury from the force of an
The vehicle has the following passenger seated directly inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
airbags: behind the right front passenger. very quickly to do their job.
. A frontal airbag for the driver. All of the airbags in the vehicle will Here are the most important things
have the word AIRBAG embossed to know about the airbag system:
. A frontal airbag for the right front in the trim or on an attached label
passenger. near the deployment opening.
. A knee airbag for the driver.
{ WARNING
For frontal airbags, the word
. A knee airbag for the right front AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or
passenger. part of the steering wheel for the killed in a crash if you are not
driver and on the instrument panel wearing your safety belt, even
. A seat-mounted side impact
for the right front passenger. with airbags. Airbags are
airbag for the driver and the
passenger seated directly With knee airbags, the word designed to work with safety
behind the driver. AIRBAG will appear on the lower belts, not replace them. Also,
portion of the instrument panel. airbags are not designed to inflate
. A seat-mounted side impact in every crash. In some crashes
airbag for the right front With seat-mounted side impact
safety belts are the only restraint.
passenger and the passenger airbags, the word AIRBAG will
See When Should an Airbag
seated directly behind the right appear on the side of the seatback
closest to the door. Inflate? on page 329.
front passenger.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver With roof-rail airbags, the word Wearing a safety belt during a
and the passenger seated AIRBAG will appear along the crash helps reduce your chance
directly behind the driver. headliner or trim. of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
Airbags are designed to supplement are supplemental restraints to
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags (Continued)
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

the safety belts. Everyone in the should sit as far back as possible children and infants need the
vehicle should wear a safety belt while still maintaining control of protection that a child restraint
properly, whether or not there is the vehicle. system can provide. Always
an airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or secure children properly in the
sleep against the door or side vehicle. To read how, see Older
windows in seating positions with Children on page 340 or Infants
and Young Children on
{ WARNING seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags. page 342.
Because airbags inflate with
great force and faster than the
blink of an eye, anyone who is
up against, or very close to any { WARNING
airbag when it inflates can be Children who are up against,
seriously injured or killed. Do not or very close to, any airbag when
sit unnecessarily close to any it inflates can be seriously injured
airbag, as you would be if sitting or killed. Airbags plus
on the edge of the seat or leaning There is an airbag readiness light
lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster,
forward. Safety belts help keep for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. The
you in position before and during not for young children and infants. system checks the airbag electrical
a crash. Always wear a safety Neither the vehicle's safety belt system for malfunctions. The light
belt, even with airbags. The driver system nor its airbag system is tells you if there is an electrical
(Continued) designed for them. Young problem. See Airbag Readiness
(Continued) Light on page 511 for more
information.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below Driver Side Shown, Passenger

the steering column. The front Side Similar
passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box. The seat-mounted side impact
middle of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and right front
passenger are in the side of the
The right front passenger frontal
seatbacks closest to the door.
airbag is in the instrument panel
on the passenger side. The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
When Should an Airbag

{ WARNING Inflate?
If something is between an Frontal airbags are designed to
occupant and an airbag, the inflate in moderate to severe frontal
airbag might not inflate properly or near-frontal crashes to help
or it might force the object into reduce the potential for severe
that person causing severe injury injuries mainly to the driver's or right
or even death. The path of an front passenger's head and chest.
inflating airbag must be kept However, they are only designed
clear. Do not put anything to inflate if the impact exceeds
between an occupant and an a predetermined deployment
Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, airbag, and do not attach or put threshold. Deployment thresholds
Passenger Side Similar anything on the steering wheel are used to predict how severe a
hub or on or near any other crash is likely to be in time for the
The second row seatmounted side airbag covering. airbags to inflate and help restrain
impact airbags are in the sides of the occupants.
the rear seatback closest to Do not use seat accessories
the door. that block the inflation path of a Whether the frontal airbags will or
seat-mounted side impact airbag. should deploy depends largely on
what you hit, the direction of the
Never secure anything to the roof impact, and how quickly your
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags vehicle slows down.
by routing a rope or tiedown
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to The vehicle has seat-mounted side
different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impact airbags and roof-rail airbags.
example: impacts, or in many side impacts. See Airbag System on page 326.
. If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has Seat-mounted side impact and
object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. roof-rail airbags are intended to
at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the inflate in moderate to severe side
the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. crashes. In addition, these roofrail
airbags are intended to inflate
. If the vehicle hits an object that Frontal knee airbags are designed during a rollover or in a severe
deforms, the airbags could to inflate in moderate to severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted side
inflate at a different crash speed frontal or near frontal impacts impact and roof-rail airbags will
than if the vehicle hits an object that exceed a predetermined inflate if the crash severity is above
that does not deform. deployment threshold. the system's designed threshold
. If the vehicle hits a narrow object The vehicle has electronic frontal level. The threshold level can vary
(like a pole), the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing with specific vehicle design.
inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a Roofrail airbags are not intended
than if the vehicle hits a wide moderate frontal impact and a more to inflate in rear impacts.
object (like a wall). severe frontal impact. For moderate A seat-mounted side impact
. If the vehicle goes into an object frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags airbag is intended to deploy on the
at an angle, the airbags could inflate at a level less than full side of the vehicle that is struck.
inflate at a different crash speed deployment. For more severe frontal Both roofrail airbags will deploy
than if the vehicle goes straight impacts, full deployment occurs. when either side of the vehicle is
into the object. struck or if the sensing system
predicts that the vehicle is about to
Thresholds can also vary with roll over, or in a severe frontal
specific vehicle design. impact.
In any particular crash, no one can Frontal airbag modules are located Airbags supplement the protection
say whether an airbag should inside the steering wheel and provided by safety belts. Frontal
have inflated simply because of instrument panel. For vehicles with airbags with knee airbags distribute
the damage to a vehicle or because knee airbags, there are airbag the force of the impact more evenly
of what the repair costs were. modules below the steering column over the occupant's body, stopping
For frontal airbags, inflation is and below the glove box. For the occupant more gradually.
determined by what the vehicle hits, vehicles with seat-mounted side Seat-mounted side impact and
the angle of the impact, and how impact airbags, there are airbag roof-rail airbags distribute the force
quickly the vehicle slows down. modules in the side of the of the impact more evenly over the
For seat-mounted side impact and seatbacks closest to the door. occupant's upper body.
roof-rail airbags, deployment is For vehicles with roof-rail airbags, Rollover capable roofrail airbags
determined by the location and there are airbag modules in the are designed to help contain the
severity of the side impact. ceiling of the vehicle, near the side head an chest of occupants in the
In a rollover event, roofrail airbag windows that have occupant seating outboard seating positions in the
deployment is determined by the positions. first and second rows. The rollover
direction of the roll. capable roofrail airbags are
How Does an Airbag designed to help reduce the risk
What Makes an Airbag Restrain? of full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
Inflate? In moderate to severe frontal or
prevent all such ejections.
In a deployment event, the sensing near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering But airbags would not help in
system sends an electrical signal
wheel or the instrument panel. In many types of collisions, primarily
triggering a release of gas from the
moderate to severe side collisions, because the occupant's motion is
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
even belted occupants can contact not toward those airbags. See When
airbag causing the bag to break out
the inside of the vehicle. Should an Airbag Inflate? on
of the cover and deploy. The inflator,
the airbag, and related hardware are
all part of the airbag module.
Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer off the fuel system after the airbags
as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. off the interior lamps, and turn off
the hazard warning flashers by
What Will You See after { WARNING using the controls for those
features.
an Airbag Inflates?
When an airbag inflates, there
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
may be dust in the air. This dust { WARNING
could cause breathing problems
inflate, they quickly deflate, so for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate
quickly that some people may not asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also
even realize an airbag inflated. To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least vehicle should get out as soon as in the vehicle, such as the fuel
partially inflated for some time after system, brake and steering
it is safe to do so. If you have
they deploy. Some components of systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
breathing problems but cannot
the airbag module may be hot for appears to be drivable after a
several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be
airbag modules, see What Makes
by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could
an Airbag Inflate? on page 331.
If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag the vehicle.
into contact with you may be warm, deployment, you should seek
but not too hot to touch. There may Use caution if you should attempt
medical attention. to restart the engine after a crash
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated has occurred.
airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may
prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn In many crashes severe enough to
on the interior lamps, turn on the inflate the airbag, windshields are
hazard warning flashers, and shut broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage

. Let only qualified technicians
may also occur from the right front work on the airbag systems.
passenger airbag. Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
. Airbags are designed to inflate properly. See your dealer for
only once. After an airbag service.
inflates, you will need some
new parts for the airbag system. United States
If you do not get them, the
Passenger Sensing
airbag system will not be there System
to help protect you in another The vehicle has a passenger
crash. A new system will include sensing system for the right front
airbag modules and possibly passenger position. The passenger
other parts. The service manual airbag status indicator will be visible
for your vehicle covers the need on the instrument panel when the
to replace other parts. Canada
vehicle is started.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing The words ON and OFF, or the
and diagnostic module which symbol for on and off, will be visible
records information after a during the system check. If you are
crash. See Vehicle Data using remote start, if equipped, to
Recording and Privacy on start the vehicle from a distance,
page 1314 and Event Data you may not see the system
Recorders on page 1315. check. When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 512.
The passenger sensing system riding in a forward-facing child seat;

turns off the right front passenger an older child riding in a booster WARNING (Continued)
frontal airbag and passenger knee seat; and children, who are large
airbag, under certain conditions. enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing
The driver airbag, driver knee system has turned off the right
A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag(s),
airbag, seatmounted side impact Never put a rear-facing child seat
airbags, and roofrail airbags are not no system is fail-safe. No one can
in the front. This is because the risk guarantee that an airbag will not
affected by the passenger sensing to the rear-facing child is so great,
system. deploy under some unusual
if the airbag deploys.
circumstance, even though the
The passenger sensing system
airbag(s) are off.
works with sensors that are part of
the right front passenger seat. The
{ WARNING Secure rear-facing child
sensors are designed to detect A child in a rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if
the presence of a properly seated restraint can be seriously the airbag(s) are off. If you secure
occupant and determine if the right injured or killed if the right front a forward-facing child restraint in
front passenger frontal airbag and passenger airbag inflates. This the right front seat, always move
passenger knee airbag should be is because the back of the the front passenger seat as far
enabled (may inflate) or not. rear-facing child restraint would back as it will go. It is better to
According to accident statistics, be very close to the inflating secure the child restraint in a
children are safer when properly airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat.
secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint can be seriously
child restraint for their weight injured or killed if the right front
and size. passenger airbag inflates and the
We recommend that children be passenger seat is in a forward
secured in a rear seat, including: position.
an infant or a child riding in a (Continued)
rear-facing child restraint; a child
The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing Everyone in the vehicle who
designed to turn off the right front system has turned off the right front has outgrown child restraints
passenger frontal airbag and passenger frontal airbag and should wear a safety belt
passenger knee airbag if: passenger knee airbag, the off properly whether or not there
. The right front passenger seat is indicator will light and stay lit to is an airbag for that person.
unoccupied. remind you that the airbags are off.
. The system determines that an
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 512.
{ WARNING
infant is present in a rear-facing If the airbag readiness light ever
infant seat. The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on (may inflate) the comes on and stays on, it means
. The system determines that a right front passenger frontal airbag that something may be wrong
small child is present in a child and passenger knee airbag anytime with the airbag system. To help
restraint. the system senses that a person of avoid injury to yourself or others,
. The system determines that a adult size is sitting properly in the have the vehicle serviced right
small child is present in a right front passenger seat. When the away. See Airbag Readiness
booster seat. passenger sensing system has Light on page 511 for more
allowed the airbag to be enabled, information, including important
. A right front passenger takes the on indicator will light and stay lit safety information.
his/her weight off of the seat for to remind you that the airbags are
a period of time. active.
. The right front passenger seat is If the On Indicator is Lit for a
For some children who have Child Restraint
occupied by a smaller person, outgrown child restraints and for
such as a child who has very small adults, the passenger If a child restraint has been installed
outgrown child restraints. sensing system may or may not turn and the on indicator is lit:
. Or, if there is a critical problem off the right front passenger frontal 1. Turn the vehicle off.
with the airbag system or the airbag and passenger knee airbag,
depending upon the person's 2. Remove the child restraint from
passenger sensing system.
seating posture and body build. the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items 6. Restart the vehicle. because that person is not sitting
from the seat such as blankets, If the on indicator is still lit, properly in the seat. If this happens,
cushions, seat covers, seat secure the child in the child use the following steps to allow the
heaters, or seat massagers. restraint in a rear seat position in system to detect that person and
4. Reinstall the child restraint the vehicle, and check with your enable the right front passenger
following the directions dealer. frontal airbag and passenger knee
provided by the child restraint airbag:
manufacturer and refer to If the Off Indicator is Lit for an 1. Turn the vehicle off.
Securing Child Restraints (Rear Adult-Size Occupant
2. Remove any additional material
Seat) on page 355 or Securing from the seat, such as blankets,
Child Restraints (Front cushions, seat covers, seat
Passenger Seat) on page 357. heaters, or seat massagers.
5. If, after reinstalling the child 3. Place the seatback in the fully
restraint and restarting the upright position.
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then 4. Have the person sit upright in
slightly recline the vehicle the seat, centered on the seat
seatback and adjust the seat cushion, with legs comfortably
cushion, if adjustable, to make extended.
sure that the vehicle seatback is 5. Restart the vehicle and have the
not pushing the child restraint person remain in this position for
into the seat cushion. one minute after the on indicator
If a person of adult-size is sitting in is lit.
the right front passenger seat, but
the off indicator is lit, it could be
Additional Factors Affecting

System Operation { WARNING { WARNING
Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the
passenger in position on the seat passenger seat or between the ignition is turned off and the
during vehicle maneuvers and passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag
braking, which helps the passenger seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper
sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you
passenger airbag status. See sensing system. are close to an airbag when it
Safety Belts and Child Restraints inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
in the Index for additional They are probably part of the
information about the importance Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow
of proper restraint use. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and
A thick layer of additional material, Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing
such as a blanket or cushion, should be serviced. There are parts work for you is qualified to do so.
or aftermarket equipment such as of the airbag system in several
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat places around the vehicle. Your
massagers can affect how well the dealer and the service manual have
passenger sensing system information about servicing the
operates. We recommend that you vehicle and the airbag system. To
not use seat covers or other purchase a service manual, see
aftermarket equipment except when Service Publications Ordering
approved by GM for your specific Information on page 1312.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 338 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
Adding Equipment to the In addition, the vehicle has a This could either prevent proper
passenger sensing system deployment of the passenger
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle for the right front passenger airbag(s) or prevent the
Q: Is there anything I might add position, which includes sensors passenger sensing system
to or change about the vehicle that are part of the passenger from properly turning off the
that could keep the airbags seat. The passenger sensing passenger airbag(s). See
from working properly? system may not operate properly Passenger Sensing System on
if the original seat trim is page 333.
A: Yes. If you add things that
replaced with non-GM covers, If you have questions, call
change the vehicle's frame,
upholstery or trim, or with GM Customer Assistance. The
bumper system, height, front end
covers, upholstery or trim phone numbers and addresses
or side sheet metal, they may
designed for a different vehicle. for Customer Assistance are in
keep the airbag system from
Any object, such as an Step Two of the Customer
working properly. Changing or
aftermarket seat heater or a Satisfaction Procedure in this
moving any parts of the front
comfort enhancing pad or manual. See Customer
seats, safety belts, the airbag
device, installed under or on top Satisfaction Procedure on
sensing and diagnostic module,
of the seat fabric, could also page 131.
steering wheel, instrument
interfere with the operation of
panel, roof-rail airbag modules, If the vehicle has rollover
the passenger sensing system.
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish roofrail airbags, see Different
trim, front sensors, side impact Size Tires and Wheels on
sensors, or airbag wiring can page 1057 for additional
affect the operation of the airbag important information.
system.
Q: Because I have a disability, Notice: If an airbag covering is

I have to get my vehicle damaged, opened, or broken, the WARNING (Continued)
modified. How can I find out airbag may not work properly.
whether this will affect my Do not open or break the airbag To help make sure the airbag
airbag system? coverings. If there are any systems are working properly
A: If you have questions, call opened or broken airbag covers, after a crash, have them
Customer Assistance. The have the airbag covering and/or inspected and any necessary
phone numbers and addresses airbag module replaced. For the replacements made as soon as
for Customer Assistance are in location of the airbag modules, possible.
Step Two of the Customer see What Makes an Airbag
Satisfaction Procedure in this Inflate? on page 331. See your
dealer for service. If an airbag inflates, you will need to
manual. See Customer replace airbag system parts. See
Satisfaction Procedure on your dealer for service.
page 131. Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash If the airbag readiness light stays on
In addition, your dealer and the after the vehicle is started or comes
service manual have information on when you are driving, the airbag
about the location of the airbag { WARNING system may not work properly. Have
sensors, sensing and diagnostic the vehicle serviced right away. See
module and airbag wiring. A crash can damage the
Airbag Readiness Light on
airbag systems in the vehicle. page 511 for more information.
Airbag System Check A damaged airbag system
may not work properly and
The airbag system does not need may not protect you and your
regularly scheduled maintenance or passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
replacement. Make sure the airbag in serious injury or even death.
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on (Continued)

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide. See Rear This applies belt force to the
Safety Belt Comfort Guides child's pelvic bones in a crash.
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown abdomen, which could cause
booster seats should wear the severe or even fatal internal
If the shoulder belt still does not
vehicle safety belts. injuries in a crash.
rest on the shoulder, then return
to the booster seat. Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
snug on the hips, touching the page 319.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when WARNING (Continued)
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint The child could move too far
system secured in a rear seating forward increasing the chance of
position. head and neck injury. The child
In a crash, children who are not might also slide under the lap
buckled up can strike other people belt. The belt force would then be
who are buckled up, or can be applied right on the abdomen.
thrown out of the vehicle. Older That could cause serious or fatal
children need to use safety belts injuries. The shoulder belt should
properly. go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never do this.
Never do this.
Never allow a child to wear the
Never allow two children to wear
safety belt with the shoulder belt
the same safety belt. The safety
behind their back. A child can be
belt cannot properly spread the
seriously injured by not wearing
impact forces. In a crash, the two
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
children can be crushed together
crash, the child would not be
and seriously injured. A safety
restrained by the shoulder belt.
belt must be used by only one
person at a time. (Continued)
Infants and Young Airbags plus lapshoulder belts offer

WARNING (Continued)
protection for adults and older
Children children, but not for young children
Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's For example, in a crash at only
protection! This includes infants safety belt system nor its airbag 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
and all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every infant will suddenly become a
distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the arms. An infant should be
need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate secured in an appropriate
restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. restraint.
state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained
every Canadian province says properly can strike other people,
children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never do this.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child
wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child
tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not
unattended in a vehicle and possible to hold it during a crash.
never allow children to play with (Continued)
the safety belts.
Q: What are the different types of

{ WARNING add-on child restraints?
Never do this. A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
Children who are up against, owner, are available in four basic
or very close to, any airbag when types. Selection of a particular
it inflates can be seriously injured restraint should take into
or killed. Never put a rear-facing consideration not only the child's
child restraint in the right front weight, height, and age but also
seat. Secure a rear-facing child whether or not the restraint will
restraint in a rear seat. It is also be compatible with the motor
better to secure a forward-facing vehicle in which it will be used.
child restraint in a rear seat. If you For most basic types of child
must secure a forward-facing restraints, there are many
child restraint in the right front different models available. When
seat, always move the front purchasing a child restraint, be
passenger seat as far back as it sure it is designed to be used
will go. in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer's Child Restraint Systems

instructions that come with the { WARNING
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still
child restraint. In addition, there so small that the vehicle's regular
are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low
available for children with on the hip bones, as it should.
special needs. Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
{ WARNING the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone
head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal
need complete support. This is injuries. To reduce the risk of
because an infant's neck is not serious or fatal injuries during a (A) RearFacing Infant Seat
fully developed and its head crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A)
weighs so much compared with always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating
the rest of its body. In a crash, child restraints. surface against the back of the
an infant in a rear-facing child infant.
restraint settles into the restraint, The harness system holds the infant
so the crash forces can be in place and, in a crash, acts to
distributed across the strongest keep the infant positioned in the
part of an infant's body, the back restraint.
and shoulders. Infants should
always be secured in rear-facing
child restraints.
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured
in the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child child restraint and the instructions
provides restraint for the child's restraint designed to improve the fit in this manual.
body with the harness. of the vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of
to see out the window. injury, the child restraint must be
secured in the vehicle. Child
restraint systems must be secured
in vehicle seats by lap belts or the
lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder
belt, or by the LATCH system. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
Children can be endangered in a to locate the nearest child safety We recommend that children and
crash if the child restraint is not seat inspection station. For CPST child restraints be secured in a rear
properly secured in the vehicle. availability in Canada, check with seat, including: an infant or a child
When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. a child riding in a forward-facing
that come with the restraint which child seat; an older child riding in a
Securing the Child within the booster seat; and children, who are
may be on the restraint itself or in a Child Restraint
booklet, or both, and to this manual. large enough, using safety belts.
The child restraint instructions A label on the sun visor says,
are important, so if they are not { WARNING Never put a rear-facing child
available, obtain a replacement A child can be seriously injured or restraint in the front. This is
copy from the manufacturer. because the risk to the rear-facing
killed in a crash if the child is not
Keep in mind that an unsecured child is so great if the airbag
properly secured in the child
child restraint can move around in a deploys.
restraint. Secure the child
collision or sudden stop and injure properly following the instructions
people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that child restraint. { WARNING
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle even when no child A child in a rear-facing child
is in it. Where to Put the restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
In some areas, Certified Child Restraint passenger airbag inflates.
Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics, This is because the back of the
(CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer rear-facing child restraint would
and demonstrate how to correctly when properly restrained in a child be very close to the inflating
use and install child restraints. restraint system or infant restraint
In the U.S., refer to the National airbag. A child in a forward-facing
system secured in a rear seating child restraint can be seriously
Highway Traffic Safety position.
Administration (NHTSA) website (Continued)
the child restraint prevents access

WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) to or interferes with the routing of
the safety belt.
injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System
passenger airbag inflates and the on page 333 for additional Wherever a child restraint is
passenger seat is in a forward information. installed, be sure to secure the
position. child restraint properly.
Even if the passenger sensing When securing a child restraint Keep in mind that an unsecured
system has turned off the right in a rear seating position, study child restraint can move around in a
the instructions that came with the collision or sudden stop and injure
front passenger frontal airbag, no
child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to
system is fail-safe. No one can
compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in
guarantee that an airbag will not the vehicle even when no child
deploy under some unusual Child restraints and booster seats is in it.
circumstance, even though it is vary considerably in size, and some
turned off. may fit in certain seating positions Lower Anchors and
Secure rear-facing child better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly Tethers for Children
restraints in a rear seat, even if
the airbag is off. If you secure a
secured. (LATCH System)
forward-facing child restraint in Depending on where you place the The LATCH system holds a child
the right front seat, always move child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash.
the front passenger seat as far child restraint you may not be able This system is designed to make
back as it will go. It is better to to access adjacent safety belt installation of a child restraint easier.
secure the child restraint in a assemblies or LATCH anchors for The LATCH system uses anchors in
rear seat. additional passengers or child the vehicle and attachments on the
restraints. Adjacent seating child restraint that are made for use
(Continued) positions should not be used if with the LATCH system.
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible Not all vehicle seating positions or Top Tether Anchor
child restraint is properly installed child restraints have lower anchors
using the anchors, or use the and attachments or top tether
vehicle's safety belts to secure the anchors and attachments.
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and Lower Anchors
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must A top tether (A, C) anchors the
never be installed using only the top top of the child restraint to the
tether anchor. vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
In order to use the LATCH system into the vehicle. The top tether
in the vehicle, you need a child attachment (B) on the child restraint
Lower anchors (A) are metal bars connects to the top tether anchor in
restraint that has LATCH
built into the vehicle. There are the vehicle in order to reduce the
attachments. The child restraint
two lower anchors for each forward movement and rotation of
manufacturer will provide you with
LATCH seating position that will the child restraint during driving or in
instructions on how to use the child
accommodate a child restraint a crash.
restraint and its attachments. The
with lower attachments (B).
following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
The child restraint may have Lower Anchor and Top Tether
a single tether (A) or a dual Anchor Locations
tether (C). Either will have a single
attachment (B) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with To assist in locating the lower
or without the top tether being anchors, each rear anchor position
attached. Others require the top has a label, near the crease
tether always to be attached. In between the seatback and the
Canada, the law requires that seat cushion.
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
Rear Seat
restraint.
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether
positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is on the cover.
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer { WARNING
when properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child
system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor.
position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child
Restraint on page 346 for restraint to a single anchor could
additional information. cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others
Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the
System risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
The top tether anchors are under
the covers, behind the rear seat, on { WARNING child restraint per anchor.
the filler panel. Be sure to use an If a LATCH-type child restraint is
anchor on the same side of the not attached to anchors, the child
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING
the child correctly. In a crash, the
placed. Children can be seriously injured
child could be seriously injured or
Do not secure a child restraint in a or strangled if a shoulder belt is
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
position without a top tether anchor wrapped around their neck and
restraint properly using the
if a national or local law requires the safety belt continues to
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
that the top tether be attached, or if tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts to secure the restraint,
the instructions that come with the belts behind the child restraint so
following the instructions that
child restraint say that the top tether children cannot reach them. Pull
came with the child restraint and
must be attached. the shoulder belt all the way out
the instructions in this manual.
(Continued)
This system is designed to make For outboard rear seating

WARNING (Continued) installation of child restraints easier. positions, if the head
When using lower anchors, do restraint interferes with the
of the retractor to set the lock, not use the vehicle's safety belts. proper installation of the
if the vehicle has one, after the Instead use the vehicle's anchors child restraint, the head
child restraint has been installed. and child restraint attachments to restraint may be removed.
secure the restraints. Some See Head Restraint
Notice: Do not let the LATCH restraints also use another vehicle Removal and
attachments rub against the anchor to secure a top tether. Reinstallation at the
vehicles safety belts. This may 1. Attach and tighten the end of this section.
damage these parts. If necessary, lower attachments to the 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
move buckled safety belts to lower anchors. If the child attachments on the child
avoid rubbing the LATCH restraint does not have lower restraint to the lower
attachments. attachments or the desired anchors.
Do not fold the empty rear seat seating position does not have 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
with a safety belt buckled. This lower anchors, secure the child recommends that the top tether
could damage the safety belt or restraint with the top tether and be attached, attach and tighten
the seat. Unbuckle and return the the safety belts. Refer to the the top tether to the top tether
safety belt to its stowed position, child restraint manufacturer anchor. Refer to the child
before folding the seat. instructions and the instructions restraint instructions and the
in this manual. following steps:
If you need to secure more than
one child restraint in the rear seat, 1.1. Find the lower anchors for 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
see Where to Put the Restraint on the desired rear outboard
page 346 for additional information. seating position. Open the cover to expose
the anchor.
Make sure to attach the child 1.2. Put the child restraint on
restraint at the proper anchor the seat.
location.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten

the top tether according to
the child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
. If you are using a dual . If you are using a single

tether in a rear outboard tether in the center seating
seating position with an position without a headrest,
adjustable head restraint, or the rear outboard head
or in the center seating restraint has been removed,
position with an adjustable route the single tether over
. If you are using a single headrest, route the dual the seatback.
tether in a rear outboard tether around the head
seating position with an restraint or headrest. See
adjustable head restraint, Head Restraints on
or in the center seating page 32 for additional
position with an adjustable information.
headrest, route the single
tether under the head
restraint or headrest. See
Head Restraints on
page 32 for additional
information.
3. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it sidetoside and
backandforth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
of movement, for proper
. If you are using a dual installation.
tether in the center seating
Head Restraint Removal and
position without a headrest,
or the rear outboard head Reinstallation
2. Press both buttons on the head
restraint has been removed, The rear outboard head restraints restraint posts at the same time,
route the dual tether over can be removed if they interfere with and pull up on the head
the seatback. the proper installation of the child restraint.
restraint.
3. Store the head restraint in the
To remove the head restraint: trunk of the vehicle.
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Rear Seats on
page 38 for additional
information.
4. When the child restraint is To reinstall the head restraint: Replacing LATCH System
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
Parts After a Crash
position is used.
{ WARNING
{ WARNING A crash can damage the
With head restraints that are not LATCH system in the vehicle.
installed and adjusted properly, A damaged LATCH system may
there is a greater chance that not properly secure the child
occupants will suffer a neck/ restraint, resulting in serious
spinal injury in a crash. Do not injury or even death in a crash.
drive until the head restraints for To help make sure the LATCH
all occupants are installed and 1. Insert the head restraint posts system is working properly after
adjusted properly. into the holes in the top of the a crash, see your dealer to have
seatback. The notches (A) on the system inspected and any
the posts must face the driver necessary replacements made as
side of the vehicle. soon as possible.
2. Push the head restraint down.
If necessary, press the height If the vehicle has the LATCH system
adjustment release button to and it was being used during a
further lower the head restraint. crash, new LATCH system parts
See Head Restraints on may be needed.
page 32. New parts and repairs may be
3. Try to move the head restraint to necessary even if the LATCH
make sure that it is locked in system was not being used at
place. the time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions of
(Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle's safety belt through
When securing a child restraint attached. or around the restraint. The child
in a rear seating position, study If the child restraint does not have restraint instructions will show
the instructions that came with the the LATCH system, you will be you how.
child restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the
compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be
If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that
system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure
Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when
System) on page 347 for how and and as the instructions say.
where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear
secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put
safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 346.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on
page 347 for top tether anchor the seat.
locations. If the head restraint interferes 3. Push the latch plate into the
Do not secure a child seat in a with the proper installation of the buckle until it clicks. If the latch
position without a top tether anchor child restraint, the head restraint plate will not go fully into the
if a national or local law requires may be removed. See Head buckle, check if the correct
that the top tether be anchored, or if Restraint Removal and buckle is being used.
the instructions that come with the Reinstallation under Lower
child restraint say that the top strap Anchors and Tethers for
must be anchored. Children (LATCH System) on
page 347.
Position the release button on 6. If the child restraint has a top

the buckle so that the safety belt tether, follow the child restraint
could be quickly unbuckled if manufacturer's instructions
necessary. regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 347 for more
information.
5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to
on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back
shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child
tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed,
and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
out of the retractor to set the a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint,
lock. When the retractor lock is may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt
set, the belt can be tightened but to push down on the child and let it return to the stowed
not pulled out of the retractor. restraint as you tighten the belt. position. If the top tether is
Try to pull the belt out of the attached to a top tether anchor,
retractor to make sure the disconnect it. If the head restraint
retractor is locked. If the was removed, reinstall it before
retractor is not locked, repeat the seating position is used. See
Steps 4 and 5. Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH A label on the sun visor says,
System) on page 347 for additional Never put a rear-facing child seat WARNING (Continued)
information on installing the head in the front. This is because the risk
restraint properly. to the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual
if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is
Securing Child Restraints turned off.
(Front Passenger Seat) { WARNING Secure rear-facing child
restraints in a rear seat, even if
This vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child the airbag is off. If you secure a
seat is a safer place to secure a restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in
forward-facing child restraint. See injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move
Where to Put the Restraint on passenger airbag inflates. This the front passenger seat as far
page 346. is because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to
In addition, the vehicle has a rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a
passenger sensing system which is be very close to the inflating rear seat.
designed to turn off the right front airbag. A child in a forward-facing
passenger frontal airbag and child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System
passenger knee airbag under injured or killed if the right front on page 333 for additional
certain conditions. See Passenger passenger airbag inflates and the information.
Sensing System on page 333 and passenger seat is in a forward
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator position. If the child restraint has the
on page 512 for more information, LATCH system, see Lower
including important safety Even if the passenger sensing
Anchors and Tethers for Children
information. system has turned off the right (LATCH System) on page 347
front passenger frontal airbag, no for how and where to install the
system is fail-safe. No one can child restraint using LATCH.
guarantee that an airbag will not
(Continued)
If a child restraint is secured using a When the passenger sensing

safety belt and it uses a top tether, system has turned off the right
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for front passenger frontal airbag
Children (LATCH System) on and passenger knee airbag, the
page 347 for top tether anchor off indicator on the passenger
locations. airbag status indicator should
Do not secure a child seat in a light and stay lit when you start
position without a top tether anchor the vehicle. See Passenger
if a national or local law requires Airbag Status Indicator on
that the top tether be anchored, or if page 512.
the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on
child restraint say that the top strap the seat.
must be anchored. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run 4. Push the latch plate into the
In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions of buckle until it clicks.
forward-facing child restraints have the vehicle's safety belt through Position the release button on
a top tether, and that the tether be or around the restraint. The child the buckle, so that the safety
attached. restraint instructions will show belt could be quickly unbuckled
You will be using the lap-shoulder you how. if necessary.
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as
it will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.

safety belt path and attempt
to move it sidetoside and
backandforth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started.
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see If
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back the On Indicator is Lit for a Child
into the retractor. When installing Restraint under Passenger Sensing
a forward-facing child restraint, System on page 333 for more
it may be helpful to use your information.
knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt
Try to pull the belt out of the and let it return to the stowed
retractor to make sure the position.
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
2 NOTES
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Cupholders

Compartments Cupholders are in the center
console.
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cupholders may be located in the

second row seat armrest. To
There may be a storage
access, pull the armrest down.
compartment on the instrument
panel. Pull the handle to open.
Glove Box
Open the glove box by lifting up on
the lever.
4-2 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage

Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
Pull up on the latch (A) and slide the

center console armrest to adjust the
The center console storage has a position. Return the armrest to the
storage area under the armrest. Pull rear position to access the
up on the latch (A) to access. storage area.
There may be an auxiliary jack
outlet and a USB port located in the On the driver side in the rear
center console. compartment is a retainer to hang
light items on.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 719.
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-10

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-11
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-22
Controls Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . .
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
5-22
5-22
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Controls Malfunction Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Service Vehicle Soon Information Displays
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Driver Information
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Brake System Warning Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Vehicle Messages
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Messages (Canada
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Vehicle Messages (Canada
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Power Steering Warning Uplevel and United
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 States) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Battery Voltage and Charging
Indicators StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-18 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System Brake System Messages . . . . 5-27
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . 5-19 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-28
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-20 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-20 Engine Cooling System
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Reduced Engine Power Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-29
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-29
Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-29
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-29 Controls 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 closer or away from you.
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Steering Wheel 4. Push the lever (A) up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Ride Control System Adjustment
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Do not adjust the steering wheel
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-30 while driving.
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-31 Steering Wheel Controls
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-32
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-33
To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever (A) down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles Horn

with a Bluetooth, OnStar,
Press near the horn symbols or
or navigation system, press to
press on the steering wheel pad to
interact with those systems. See
sound the horn.
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 722
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
on page 724 or Bluetooth (Voice Windshield Wiper/Washer
Recognition) on page 728, the 3 (Adjustable Interval Wipes):
OnStar Owner's Guide, or the Turn the band up for more frequent
separate navigation manual for wipes or down for less frequent
more information. wipes.
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to 9 (Off): Use to turn the windshield
silence the vehicle speakers only. wipers off.
Press again to turn the sound on.
For vehicles with OnStar or The windshield wiper lever is on the 3 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
side of the steering column. With move the wiper lever down. For
Bluetooth systems, press to reject
the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY several wipes, hold the wiper
an incoming call, or end a
or ON/RUN, move the windshield lever down.
current call.
wiper lever to select the wiper Clear ice and snow from the wiper
_ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Turn speed. blades before using them. If they
to select an audio source.
2: Use for fast wipes. are frozen to the windshield,
Press _ or ^ to select the next or carefully loosen or thaw them.
previous favorite radio station, CD, 1: Use for slow wipes. Damaged wiper blades should be
or MP3 track. replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 1027.
+ x (Volume): Press + to
increase the volume. Press to
decrease the volume.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the Windshield Washer Compass

wipers. A circuit breaker stops them
Pull the windshield wiper lever The vehicle may have a compass
until the motor cools.
toward you to spray windshield display in the Driver Information
Wipe Parking washer fluid and activate the wipers. Center (DIC). The compass receives
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ The wipers will continue until the its heading and other information
OFF while the wipers are on 1, 2, lever is released or the maximum from the Global Positioning
wash time is reached. System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
or 3, they will immediately stop.
and vehicle speed information.
If the windshield wiper lever is then When the windshield wiper lever is
released, additional wipes may Avoid covering the GPS antenna
moved to OFF before the driver located on the roof, for long
door is opened, or within occur depending on how long the
windshield washer had been periods of time with objects that
10 minutes, the wipers will restart may interfere with the antenna's
and move to the base of the activated. See Washer Fluid on
page 1021 for information on filling ability to receive a satellite signal.
windshield. The compass system is designed
the windshield washer fluid
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ reservoir. to operate for a certain number of
OFF during a windshield wash, the miles or degrees of turn before
wipers will stop when they reach the needing a signal from the GPS
base of the windshield. { WARNING satellites. When the compass
In freezing weather, do not use display shows CAL, drive the
the washer until the windshield is vehicle for a short distance in an
warmed. Otherwise the washer open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
fluid can form ice on the
will automatically determine when
windshield, blocking your vision.
the GPS signal is restored and
provide a heading again.
See Compass Messages on 3. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL Power Outlets

page 528 for more information knob to adjust the highlighted
on the messages that may be number. The accessory power outlets can be
displayed for the compass. used to plug in electrical equipment,
4. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
knob to select the next number.
Clock There is one accessory power outlet
5. To save the time and return to located on the center floor console
The infotainment system controls the Time Settings menu, press and one on the rear of the center
are used to access the time and the BACK button at any time or floor console. These outlets are
date settings through the menu press the MENU or MENU/SEL powered when the key is in ON/
system. See Operation on page 76 knob after adjusting the minutes. RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until
for information about how to use the
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format the driver door is opened within
menu system. For vehicles with a
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
Navigation System, see the 1. Press the CONFIG button and See Retained Accessory Power
separate Navigation manual. select Time Settings. (RAP) on page 920.
Setting the Time 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
1. Press the CONFIG button 3. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
and select Time Settings. knob to select the 12 hour or
2. Select Set Time. 24 hour display format.
Remove the cover to access and When adding electrical equipment, Cigarette Lighter
replace when not in use. be sure to follow the installation
instructions included with the For vehicles with a cigarette lighter,
Notice: Leaving electrical it is located on the front floor
equipment plugged in for an equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 950. console.
extended period of time while
the vehicle is off will drain the Notice: Hanging heavy To activate the cigarette lighter,
battery. Always unplug electrical equipment from the power outlet push it into the heating element and
equipment when not in use and can cause damage not covered let go. When the lighter is ready it
do not plug in equipment that by the vehicle warranty. The will pop back out.
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere power outlets are designed for Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter
rating. accessory power plugs only, in while it is heating does not let
Certain electrical accessories such as cell phone charge cords. the lighter back away from the
may not be compatible with the heating element when it is hot.
accessory power outlet and could Damage from overheating can
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. occur to the lighter or heating
If a problem is experienced, see element, or a fuse could be
your dealer. blown. Do not hold a cigarette
lighter in while it is heating.
Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
For vehicles with a removable Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
ashtray, the ashtray can be placed lights work together to indicate a
into the front console cupholders. Indicators problem with the vehicle.
To open the ashtray, lift the lid of the Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights
ashtray. After using, close the lid. signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges
To empty the ashtray for cleaning, to cause an expensive repair or
slightly turn the upper part of the shows there may be a problem,
replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what
ashtray counterclockwise and warning lights and gauges could
remove it. to do. Follow this manual's advice.
prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly
Notice: If papers, pins, or other Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous.
flammable items are put in the could be a problem with a vehicle
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other function. Some warning lights come
smoking materials could ignite on briefly when the engine is started
them and possibly damage the to indicate they are working.
vehicle. Never put flammable
items in the ashtray.
Instrument Cluster
English Automatic Transmission Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

Speedometer Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the The trip odometer can show how far
vehicle's speed in either kilometers the vehicle has been driven since
per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer was last reset.
hour (mph). The trip odometer is accessed
and reset through the Driver
Odometer Information Center (DIC). See
The odometer shows how far the Driver Information Center (DIC) on
vehicle has been driven, in either page 523 for more information.
kilometers or miles.
This vehicle has a tamperresistant
Tachometer
odometer. The digital odometer will The tachometer displays the engine
read 999,999 if it is turned back. speed in revolutions per
If the vehicle needs a new odometer minute (rpm). When the ignition is on, the fuel
installed, it must be set to the Notice: If the engine is operated gauge tells you about how much
mileage total of the old odometer. with the tachometer in the shaded fuel you have left in your tank.
If that is not possible, then it must warning area, the vehicle could An arrow on the fuel gauge
be set at zero and a label must be be damaged, and the damages indicates the side of the vehicle
put on the driver door to show the would not be covered by the the fuel door is on.
old mileage reading when the new vehicle warranty. Do not operate
odometer was installed. A FUEL LEVEL LOW message may
the engine with the tachometer in
appear in the Driver Information
the shaded warning area.
Center (DIC) and a single chime
sounds. See Fuel System
Messages on page 529 for
more information.
Here are four things that some Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with your fuel
Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder
gauge: Light
. At the service station, the fuel When the engine is started, a
pump shuts off before the gauge chime sounds for several seconds
reads full. to remind a driver to fasten the
. It takes a little more or less safety belt, unless the driver safety
fuel to fill up than the gauge belt is already buckled.
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while This gauge shows the engine
turning a corner or speeding up. coolant temperature. The safety belt reminder light comes
on for several seconds, then flashes
. The gauge takes a few seconds If the indicator needle moves to for several more.
to stabilize after the ignition is the hot side of the gauge toward
turned on, and will go back to the H or shaded area, the engine This chime and light sequence
empty when the ignition is is too hot. are repeated if the driver remains
turned off. unbuckled and the vehicle is in
If the vehicle has been operated motion. If the driver safety belt is
under normal driving conditions, pull already buckled, neither the chime
off the road, stop the vehicle, and nor the light comes on.
turn off the engine as soon as
possible.
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt

Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
Several seconds after the engine as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
is started, a chime sounds for bag, laptop, or other electronic
several seconds to remind the front device. To turn off the warning light
passenger to buckle their safety and/or chime, remove the object
belt. The passenger safety belt light The airbag readiness light comes on
from the seat or buckle the and stays on for several seconds
comes on and flashes for several safety belt.
seconds. when the vehicle is started. Then
the light goes out.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an { WARNING
electrical problem. The system
check includes the airbag sensor, If the airbag readiness light stays
the pretensioners, the airbag on after the vehicle is started or
modules, the wiring, and the crash comes on while driving, it means
This chime and light sequence is sensing and diagnostic module. For the airbag system might not be
repeated if the passenger remains more information on the airbag working properly. The airbags in
unbuckled and the vehicle is in system, see Airbag System on the vehicle might not inflate in a
motion. page 326. crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
If the passenger safety belt is injury, have the vehicle serviced
buckled, neither the chime nor
right away.
the light comes on.
Passenger Airbag Status as a system check. If you are using If, after several seconds, both
remote start, if equipped, to start the status indicator lights remain on,
Indicator vehicle from a distance you may or if there are no lights at all, there
The vehicle has a passenger not see the system check. Then, may be a problem with the lights or
sensing system. See Passenger after several seconds, the status the passenger sensing system.
Sensing System on page 333 for indicator will light either ON or OFF, See your dealer for service.
important safety information. The or either the on or off symbol to let
instrument panel has a passenger
airbag status indicator.
you know the status of the right
front passenger frontal airbag and
{ WARNING
passenger knee airbag. If the airbag readiness light ever
If the word ON or the on symbol is comes on and stays on, it means
lit on the passenger airbag status that something may be wrong
indicator, it means that the right with the airbag system. To help
front passenger frontal airbag and avoid injury to yourself or others,
passenger knee airbag are enabled have the vehicle serviced right
United States (may inflate). away. See Airbag Readiness
If the word OFF or the off symbol Light on page 511 for more
is lit on the passenger airbag information, including important
status indicator, it means that the safety information.
passenger sensing system has
turned off the right front passenger
frontal airbag and passenger knee
airbag.
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
Charging System Light If a short distance must be driven

with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp This light should come on when the
ignition is on, but the engine is not
A computer system called OBD II running, as a check to show it is
The charging system light comes on (On-Board Diagnostics-Second
briefly when the ignition is turned working. If it does not, have the
Generation) monitors operation of vehicle serviced by your dealer.
on, but the engine is not running, as the fuel, ignition, and emission
a check to show the light is working. control systems. It ensures that If the malfunction indicator lamp
The light turns off when the engine emissions are at acceptable levels comes on and stays on while the
is started. If it does not, have the for the life of the vehicle, helping to engine is running, this indicates that
vehicle serviced by your dealer. produce a cleaner environment. there is an OBD II problem and
If the light stays on, or comes on service is required.
while driving, there could be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
Malfunctions often are indicated by these systems could lead to If the light continues to flash, when
the system before any problem is costly repairs not covered by it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle.
apparent. Being aware of the light the vehicle warranty. This Find a safe place to park the
can prevent more serious damage could also result in a failure vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
to the vehicle. This system assists to pass a required Emission least 10 seconds, and restart the
the service technician in correctly Inspection/Maintenance test. engine. If the light is still flashing,
diagnosing any malfunction. See Accessories and follow the previous steps and see
Notice: If the vehicle is Modifications on page 103. your dealer for service as soon as
continually driven with this light This light comes on during a possible.
on, the emission controls might malfunction in one of two ways: Light On Steady: An emission
not work as well, the vehicle fuel Light Flashing: A misfire condition control system malfunction has
economy might not be as good, has been detected. A misfire been detected on the vehicle.
and the engine might not run as increases vehicle emissions and Diagnosis and service might be
smoothly. This could lead to could damage the emission control required.
costly repairs that might not be system on the vehicle. Diagnosis The following may correct an
covered by the vehicle warranty. and service might be required. emissions system malfunction:
Notice: Modifications made to the To prevent more serious damage to . Check that the fuel cap is fully
engine, transmission, exhaust, the vehicle: installed. See Filling the Tank on
intake, or fuel system of the page 942. The diagnostic
vehicle or the replacement of . Reduce vehicle speed.
system can determine if the fuel
the original tires with other . Avoid hard accelerations. cap has been left off or
than those of the same Tire improperly installed. A loose or
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
. Avoid steep uphill grades.
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
affect the vehicle's emission . If towing a trailer, reduce the evaporate into the atmosphere.
controls and can cause this light amount of cargo being hauled A few driving trips with the cap
to come on. Modifications to as soon as it is possible. properly installed should turn the
light off.

. Check that the electrical system See Recommended Fuel on
is not wet. The system could be page 939.
wet if the vehicle was driven
through a deep puddle of water. If none of the above have made the
The condition is usually light turn off, your dealer can check
corrected when the electrical the vehicle. The dealer has the
system dries out. A few driving proper test equipment and
trips should turn the light off. diagnostic tools to fix any The DLC is under the instrument
mechanical or electrical problems panel to the left of the steering
. Check that good quality fuel is that might have developed. wheel. See your dealer if assistance
used. Poor fuel quality causes is needed.
the engine not to run as Emissions Inspection and
efficiently as designed and can Maintenance Programs The vehicle may not pass
cause: stalling after start-up, inspection if:
Some state/provincial and local
stalling when the vehicle is governments may have programs to . The malfunction indicator lamp is
changed into gear, misfiring, inspect the on-vehicle emission on with the engine running, or if
hesitation on acceleration, control equipment. For the the light does not come on when
or stumbling on acceleration. inspection, the emission system test the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
These conditions might go away equipment is connected to the while the engine is off.
once the engine is warmed up. vehicles Data Link . The critical emission control
If one or more of these conditions Connector (DLC). systems have not been
occurs, change the fuel brand used. completely diagnosed by the
It will require at least one full tank of system. This can happen if
the proper fuel to turn the light off. the battery has recently been
replaced or if the battery has
run down. The diagnostic
system evaluates critical
emission control systems
during normal driving.
This can take several days of See Service Vehicle Messages on

routine driving. If this has been page 531 for more information.
done and the vehicle still does If the light comes on, take the
not pass the inspection, your vehicle to your dealer for service
dealer can prepare the vehicle as soon as possible.
for inspection.
English Metric
Service Vehicle Soon Brake System Warning
Light Light The Brake System Warning Light
The vehicle brake system consists should come on briefly as the
of two hydraulic circuits. If one engine is started. If it does not come
circuit is not working, the remaining on, have the vehicle serviced by
circuit can still work to stop the your dealer.
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need { WARNING
to be working.
The brake system might not be
For vehicles with this light, it comes If the warning light comes on, there working properly if the brake
on if a condition exists that may is a brake problem. Have the brake system warning light is on.
require the vehicle to be taken in for system inspected right away. Driving with the brake system
service. warning light on can lead to a
Vehicles not equipped with a light, crash. If the light is still on after
display a SERVICE VEHICLE the vehicle has been pulled off
SOON message. the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
If the light comes on while driving, a If the ABS light comes on and stays Up-Shift Light
chime sounds. Pull off the road and on while driving, stop as soon as
stop. The pedal might be harder to possible and turn the ignition off.
push or go closer to the floor. Start the engine again to reset the
It might also take longer to stop. system. If the light stays on after
If the light is still on, have the driving at a speed above 20 km/h
vehicle towed for service. See (13 mph), see your dealer for
Towing the Vehicle on page 1081. service. A chime may also sound
when the light comes on steady.
The vehicle may have an up-shift
Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning light. It shows when to shift to the
(ABS) Warning Light light is not on, the vehicle still has next higher gear for best fuel
brakes, but not antilock brakes. economy.
If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not See Manual Transmission on
have antilock brakes and there is a page 928 for more information.
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 516.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) See Brake System Messages on
light comes on briefly when the page 527 for all brakerelated DIC
engine is started. messages.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
Power Steering Warning Traction Off Light See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 932 and StabiliTrak
Light System on page 933 for more
information.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly while

This light comes on briefly when the starting the engine. If it does not,
ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a have the vehicle serviced by your
check to show it is working. dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
If it does not come on have the turns off. This light comes on briefly while
vehicle serviced by your dealer. starting the engine. If it does not,
The traction off light comes on when
If this light stays on, or comes on have the vehicle serviced by your
the Traction Control System (TCS)
while driving, the system may not be dealer.
has been turned off by pressing and
working. If this happens, see your releasing the traction control button. This light comes on when the
dealer for service. StabiliTrak system is turned off.
This light and the StabiliTrak Off
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
light come on when StabiliTrak is
Control System (TCS) is also off.
turned off.
If the TCS is off, the system does
If the TCS is off, wheelspin is not
not assist in controlling the vehicle.
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak
systems and the warning light
turns off.
See Traction Control System (TCS) feature(s) is no longer functioning When the Light is On Steady
on page 932 and StabiliTrak and whether the vehicle requires This indicates that one or more
System on page 933 for more service. of the tires are significantly
information If the indicator/warning light is on underinflated.
and flashing, the TCS and/or the A Driver Information Center (DIC)
Traction Control System StabiliTrak system is actively tire pressure message may also
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light working. display. See Vehicle Messages
See StabiliTrak System on (Canada Base Level) on page 526
page 933 and Traction Control or Vehicle Messages (Canada
System (TCS) on page 932 for Uplevel and United States) on
more information. page 527 for more information.
Stop as soon as possible, and
Tire Pressure Light inflate the tires to the pressure
value shown on the Tire and
The StabiliTrak system or the Loading Information label. See Tire
Traction Control System (TCS) Pressure on page 1047 for more
indicator/warning light comes on information.
briefly when the engine is started.
When the Light Flashes First and
If the light does not come on, have Then is On Steady
the vehicle serviced by the dealer.
This indicates that there may be a
If the system is working normally, For vehicles with the Tire Pressure problem with the Tire Pressure
the indicator light turns off. Monitor System (TPMS), this light Monitor System. The light flashes
If the light is on and not flashing, the comes on briefly when the engine for about a minute and stays on
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak is started. It provides information steady for the remainder of the
system have been disabled. A DIC about tire pressures and the TPMS. ignition cycle. This sequence
message may display. Check the repeats with every ignition cycle.
DIC messages to determine which
See Tire Pressure Monitor Low Fuel Warning Light

Operation on page 1050 for
more information.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
{ WARNING The oil pressure light should come

on briefly as the engine is started.
Do not keep driving if the oil If it does not come on have the
pressure is low. The engine can vehicle serviced by your dealer.
become so hot that it catches fire. If the light comes on and stays on, it
Someone could be burned. Check means that oil is not flowing through
the oil as soon as possible and the engine properly. The vehicle
have the vehicle serviced. could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See This light comes on for a few
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil your dealer. seconds when the ignition is turned
maintenance can damage the on as a check to indicate it is
engine. The repairs would not be working. If it does not come on,
covered by the vehicle warranty. have it fixed.
Always follow the maintenance The low fuel warning light (A) comes
schedule for changing engine oil. on and a chime sounds when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
For vehicles with a Driver If the light stays on and the engine Wait for 10 seconds and restart
Information Center (DIC), see does not start, there could be a the vehicle. This might correct the
Driver Information Center (DIC) on problem with the theft-deterrent condition.
page 523 for more information. system. See Immobilizer Operation The vehicle can be driven at a
on page 210 for more information. reduced speed when the reduced
Security Light engine power light is on but
Reduced Engine Power acceleration and speed might be
Light reduced. The performance could be
reduced until the next time the
vehicle is driven. If this light stays
on, see your dealer as soon as
possible for diagnosis and repair.
The immobilizer light should come High-Beam On Light

on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on have the The reduced engine power light
vehicle serviced by your dealer. should come on briefly as the
If the system is working normally engine is started. If it does not come
the indicator light turns off. on have the vehicle serviced by
This light comes on when the your dealer.
ignition is turned from LOCK/OFF This light, along with the service
to ON/RUN and stays on if the engine soon light, displays when a The high-beam on light comes on
vehicle is immobilized. This noticeable reduction in the vehicle's when the high-beam headlamps are
happens when an incorrect key performance occurs. Stop the in use.
or an unprogrammed key is used vehicle and turn off the ignition. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
to start the vehicle. Changer on page 62 for more
information.
Daytime Running Lamps Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light
(DRL) Indicator Light
For vehicles with front fog lamps, The cruise control light is white
This light turns on whenever the this light comes on when the front whenever the cruise control is set,
Daytime Running Lamps are in use. fog lamps are in use. and turns green when the cruise
The light goes out when the front control is active.
See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 62 for more information. fog lamps are turned off. See Front The light turns off when the cruise
Fog Lamps on page 64 for more control is turned off. See Cruise
information. Control on page 935 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
The lamps on reminder light comes

on when the lights are in use.
Door Ajar Light Information Displays DIC Buttons
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The vehicle may have a Driver
Information Center (DIC). The DIC
displays information about your
For vehicles equipped with this light, vehicle. It also displays warning A. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
it comes on when a door is open or messages if a system problem is the menu item displayed.
not secured. Vehicles not equipped detected. See Vehicle Messages
(Canada Base Level) on page 526
B. w x (Thumbwheel): Use to
with a light display a DIC message. scroll through the menus.
See Door Ajar Messages on or Vehicle Messages (Canada
Uplevel and United States) on A marker will move across the
page 528 for more information. bottom of the page as you
All messages appear in the DIC scroll.
display located in the center of the C. MENU: Press to display the
instrument panel cluster. Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle
Information menu. This button is
DIC Operation and Displays also used to return to or exit the
The DIC has different displays last screen displayed on
which can be accessed by using the the DIC.
DIC buttons located on the turn
signal lever located on the left side
of the steering wheel. The DIC
displays trip, fuel, and warning
messages if a system problem is
detected.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items one trip odometer and some have On some models, this display is
two. The trip odometer can be reset shown as c . L/100km (mpg).
Press MENU on the turn signal
to zero by pressing and holding the Reset the average consumption
lever until Trip/Fuel Information
SET/CLR button while the trip by pressing SET/CLR when it is
menu displays. Use w x to scroll odometer display is showing. displayed.
through the menu items. Not all
items are available on every vehicle. Fuel Range The Instantaneous Fuel Economy
The following is a list of all of the This displays the approximate display shows the current fuel
possible menu items: distance the vehicle can be driven economy in liters per 100 kilometers
without refueling. The fuel range (L/100 km) or miles per gallon
. Trip 1 or Trip 2
estimate is based on an average of (mpg). This number reflects only the
. Fuel Range the vehicle's fuel economy over fuel economy that the vehicle has
. Average Fuel Economy or recent driving history and the right now and changes frequently as
Average Fuel Economy and amount of fuel remaining in the fuel driving conditions change. Unlike
Instantaneous Fuel Economy tank. On some models, this display average economy, this display
cannot be reset.
. Average Speed is shown as . km (mi). Fuel range
cannot be reset. Average Speed
. Fuel Used
Average Fuel Economy or This displays the average speed of
. Digital Speed Average Fuel Economy and the vehicle in kilometers per hour
. Navigation Instantaneous Fuel Economy (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This
average is based on the various
. Blank Display The Average Fuel Economy display
vehicle speeds recorded since the
shows the approximate average
Trip 1 or Trip 2 last reset. On some models, this
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
This displays the current distance or miles per gallon (mpg). This display is shown as c km/h (mph).
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or number is based on the number of Reset the average speed by
miles (mi), from the last reset for the L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the pressing SET/CLR when it is
trip odometer. Some models have last time this menu item was reset. displayed.
Fuel Used Vehicle Information Menu will change the displays on the
This display shows the approximate Items cluster and DIC to the type of
liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel that measurements you select.
Press MENU on the turn signal
have been used since last reset. lever until Vehicle Information menu Tire Pressure
The fuel used can be reset by is displayed. Use w x to scroll
pressing the SET/CLR button while The display may show a vehicle
through the menu items. Not all with the approximate pressures
the Fuel Used display is showing.
items are available on every vehicle. of all four tires. Tire pressure is
Digital Speed The following is a list of all of the displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
possible menu items: or in pounds per square inch (psi).
The speedometer shows how fast
the vehicle is moving in either . Units On some models, this display only
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles allows for matching of the TPMS
. Tire Pressure sensors. In this case, the display
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset. . Remaining Oil Life will show TIRE LEARN. See Tire
Pressure Monitor System on
Navigation
. Battery Voltage page 1048 and Tire Pressure
This display is used for the OnStar
. Blank Display Monitor Operation on page 1050
or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn for more information.
Units
guidance. See The OnStar Owner's Remaining Oil Life
Guide or the Navigation manual, Move w x to change between
if the vehicle has navigation, for Metric or US when the Unit display This display shows an estimate
more information. is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm of the oil's remaining useful life.
the setting. On some models, you If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
Blank Display will have to select 1, 2, or 3 for the displayed, that means 99% of
This display shows no information. Unit display. 1 is Imperial units, 2 is the current oil life remains. On
US units, and 3 is metric units. This some models, this display is
shown as : %.
When the remaining oil life is low, Battery Voltage Vehicle Messages
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This display, available on some
message, or code 82, will appear
on the display. See Engine Oil
vehicles, shows the current battery Vehicle Messages
voltage. If the voltage is in the
Messages on page 529 and normal range, the value will display.
(Canada Base Level)
Vehicle Messages (Canadian Base For example, the display may read DIC messages display when the
Level) following. The oil should be Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The status of the vehicle has changed
changed as soon as possible. vehicle's charging system regulates and action may be needed to
See Engine Oil on page 109. In voltage based on the state of the correct the condition. Multiple
addition to the engine oil life system battery. The battery voltage can messages appear one after another.
monitoring the oil life, additional fluctuate while viewing this
maintenance is recommended in Press any of the DIC buttons on the
information on the DIC. This is
the Maintenance Schedule in this turn signal lever to acknowledge
normal. See Charging System Light
manual. See Scheduled and clear them from the display.
on page 513 for more information.
Maintenance on page 112 for More urgent messages cannot be
If there is a problem with the battery
more information. cleared from the DIC display. All
charging system, the DIC will
messages should be taken
Remember, the Oil Life display must display a message. See Battery
seriously. Clearing messages
be reset after each oil change. It Voltage and Charging Messages on
will not correct the problem.
will not reset itself. Also, be careful page 527.
not to reset the Oil Life display On the Canadian base level cluster,
accidentally at any time other than Blank Display vehicle messages appear as code
when the oil has just been changed. This display shows no information. numbers.
It cannot be reset accurately until 25: Left front turn indicator failure
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system press the 26: Left rear turn indicator failure
SET/CLR button while the Oil Life 27: Right front turn indicator failure
display is active. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 1012. 28: Right rear turn indicator failure
35: Replace battery in radio remote All messages should be taken LOW BATTERY
control seriously. Clearing messages
This message is displayed when the
53: Tighten gas cap will not correct the problem.
battery voltage is low. See Battery
68: Service power steering On the Canadian uplevel cluster on page 1025 for more information.
and on vehicles sold in the United
75: Service air conditioner States, vehicle messages are SERVICE BATTERY
82: Change engine oil soon displayed as text. The messages CHARGING SYSTEM
and information about them follow. This message is displayed
84: Engine power is reduced
when there is a fault in the battery
95: Service airbag Battery Voltage and charging system. Take the vehicle
Charging Messages to your dealer for service.
Vehicle Messages
(Canada Uplevel and BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE Brake System Messages
United States) This message displays when the
vehicle has detected that the
BRAKE FLUID LOW
DIC messages display when the battery voltage is dropping beyond This message is displayed when the
status of the vehicle has changed a reasonable point. The battery brake fluid level is low. See Brake
and action may be needed to saver system starts reducing certain Fluid on page 1023.
correct the condition. Multiple features of the vehicle that you may
messages appear one after another. be able to notice. At the point that RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
Press any of the DIC buttons on the features are disabled, this message This message is displayed as a
turn signal lever to acknowledge is displayed. It means that the reminder that the parking brake is
and clear them from the display. vehicle is trying to save the charge on. Release it before you attempt to
More urgent messages cannot in the battery. Turn off unnecessary drive.
be cleared from the DIC display. accessories to allow the battery to
recharge.
Compass Messages Door Ajar Messages To avoid added strain on a hot

engine, the air conditioning
CAL DOOR(S) OPEN compressor automatically turns off.
This message is displayed when the A vehicle symbol will be displayed When the coolant temperature
compass needs to be calibrated. on the DIC showing which door is returns to normal, the air
See Compass on page 54. open along with this message. conditioning compressor turns
Close the door completely. back on. You can continue to
drive the vehicle.
Two dashes will be displayed if the
HOOD OPEN If this message continues to appear,
compass needs service. See your This message will display when have the system repaired by your
dealer for service. the hood is open. Close the hood dealer as soon as possible to avoid
completely. damage to the engine.
Cruise Control Messages TRUNK OPEN ENGINE
APPLY BRAKE BEFORE This message will display when OVERHEATED IDLE
CRUISE the trunk is open. Close the trunk ENGINE
If this message displays when completely. This message displays when the
attempting to activate cruise control, engine coolant temperature is too
apply the brake pedal and try again. Engine Cooling System hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
Messages idle until it cools down.
CRUISE SET TO XXX
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH ENGINE
This message displays when the
ENGINE TEMP OVERHEATED STOP
cruise control is set and shows the
speed it was set to. See Cruise ENGINE
Control on page 935 for more engine coolant becomes hotter than This message displays and a
information. the normal operating temperature. continuous chime sounds if the
engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP may be reduced. Anytime this
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid ENGINE message stays on, the vehicle
severe damage. This message should be taken to your dealer for
clears when the engine has cooled This message displays if low oil service as soon as possible.
to a safe operating temperature. pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
HIGH COOLANT and do not operate it until the cause
Fuel System Messages
TEMPERATURE of the low oil pressure has been FUEL LEVEL LOW
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
This message displays if the coolant possible and have the vehicle This message displays when the
temperature is hot. See Engine serviced by your dealer. vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
Overheating on page 1020. soon as possible.
Engine Oil Messages Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
This message displays when the fuel cap.
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
engine oil needs to be changed. Reduced engine power can affect
When you change the engine oil, be the vehicle's ability to accelerate. Key and Lock Messages
sure to reset the Oil Life System. If this message is on, but there is no
See Engine Oil Life System on REPLACE BATTERY IN
reduction in performance, proceed REMOTE KEY
page 1012 and Driver Information to your destination. The
Center (DIC) on page 523 for performance may be reduced the This message displays when the
information on how to reset the next time the vehicle is driven. The battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
system. See Engine Oil on vehicle may be driven at a reduced (RKE) transmitter needs to be
page 109 and Scheduled speed while this message is on, but replaced.
Maintenance on page 112 for maximum acceleration and speed
more information.
Lamp Messages TURN SIGNAL ON Ride Control System

AUTOMATIC LIGHT This message is displayed if the Messages
turn signal has been left on. Turn
CONTROL ON off the turn signal. SERVICE TRACTION
This message is displayed when CONTROL
the automatic light control has been Object Detection System This message displays when
turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
System on page 63.
Messages there is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). See Traction
AUTOMATIC LIGHT PARK ASSIST OFF Control System (TCS) on
CONTROL OFF This message is displayed when the page 932.
park assist system has been turned SERVICE STABILITRAK
This message is displayed when the
off. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist
automatic light control has been This message displays if there
on page 937.
turned off. See Automatic Headlamp is a problem with the StabiliTrak
System on page 63. SERVICE PARK ASSIST system. See StabiliTrak System on
XXX TURN INDICATOR This message is displayed if there page 933.
FAILURE is a problem with the park assist
system. Take the vehicle to your Airbag System Messages
When one of the turn signals is dealer for service.
out, this message displays to show SERVICE AIRBAG
which bulb needs to be replaced. This message displays if there is
See Bulb Replacement on a problem with the airbag system.
page 1028 and Replacement Bulbs Take the vehicle to your dealer for
on page 1033 for more information service.
on the turn signal bulb replacement.
Security Messages SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Tire Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED This message displays if there is a SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
problem with the vehicle. Take the
This message displays if the vehicle vehicle to your dealer for service.
SYSTEM
detects a tamper condition. This message displays if there is a
Starting the Vehicle problem with the Tire Pressure
Service Vehicle Messages Messages Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
SERVICE AC SYSTEM TURN STEERING WHEEL page 1050 for more information.
This message displays if there is a TURN KEY OFF THEN ON TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
problem with the air conditioning
This message displays when the This message displays when the
system. Take the vehicle to your
steering column is locked. Try system is learning new tires. See
dealer for service.
turning the steering wheel while Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
SERVICE POWER STEERING turning the vehicle off and then back page 1050 for more information.
on to unlock the steering column.
This message displays if there is a TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
problem with the power steering TURN STEERING WHEEL
system. Take the vehicle to your
AIR TO TIRE
START VEHICLE AGAIN
dealer for service. On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
This message displays when the Monitor System (TPMS), this
SERVICE STEERING steering column is locked. Try message displays when the
COLUMN LOCK turning the steering wheel while pressure in one or more of the
starting the vehicle to unlock the vehicle's tires is low.
This message displays if there is a steering column.
problem with the steering column There is also an icon with the
lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer warning that will indicate the
for service. location of the low tire.
The low tire pressure warning light Transmission Messages Vehicle Reminder
will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 519. SERVICE TRANSMISSION Messages
If a tire pressure message appears This message displays if there is a ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
on the DIC, stop as soon as you problem with the transmission. See WITH CARE
can. Inflate the tires by adding air your dealer. This message displays when ice
until the tire pressure is equal to conditions are possible.
the values shown on the Tire and TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
Loading Information label. See Tires ENGINE STEERING COLUMN IS
on page 1040, Vehicle Load Limits This message displays and a chime LOCKED
on page 911, and Tire Pressure on sounds if the transmission fluid in
page 1047. This message displays when the
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the steering column is locked.
You can receive more than one tire transmission fluid temperature high
pressure message at a time. To can cause damage to the vehicle.
read the other messages that may Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
have been sent at the same time, allow the transmission to cool. This
press the SET/CLR button. The DIC message clears when the fluid
also shows the tire pressure values. temperature reaches a safe level.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 523.
Entering the Personalization

. Power Door Locks
Vehicle Menus . Remote Locking, Unlocking,
Personalization 1. Press CONFIG to access the Starting
The audio system controls are Configuration Settings menu. . Return to Factory Settings
used to access the personalization 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
menus for customizing vehicle Turn the MENU knob to highlight the
Vehicle Settings. Press the menu. Press the knob to select it.
features. CONFIG button until Vehicle is Each of the menus is detailed in the
CONFIG (Configuration): Press highlighted on vehicles with following information.
to access the Configuration navigation system only.
Settings menu. Vehicles with a Navigation system
3. Press the center of the MENU will display a check mark to indicate
MENU knob: Press the center of knob to select the Vehicle this feature is on.
this knob to enter the menus and Settings menu. Key myst be in
select menu items. Turn the knob the run position. Climate and Air Quality
to scroll through the menus. The following list of menu items may If equipped, select the Climate and
BACK: Press to exit or move be available: Air Quality menu and the following
backwards in a menu. will be displayed:
. Climate and Air Quality
. Auto Fan Speed
. Comfort and Convenience
. Air Quality Sensor
. Collision/Detection Systems
.
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Languages
. Auto Defog
. Lighting
. Auto Rear Defog
Auto Fan Speed Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Press the BACK button to confirm
This will allow you to select the On vehicles with remote start and the selection and move back to the
automatic fan speed. This feature heated seats, the heated seats can last menu.
sets the climate control fan speed to be set to on or off. Auto Rear Defog
maintain the interior temperature. Press the MENU knob when When on, this feature turns on the
Press the MENU knob when Remote Start Auto Heat Seats is rear defogger at vehicle start when
Auto Fan Speed is highlighted to highlighted to open the menu. Turn the interior temperature is cold and
open the menu. Turn the knob to the knob to highlight On or Off. likely fog. The Auto rear defog
highlight High, Medium, or Low. Press the BACK button to confirm function can be disabled by
Press the BACK button to confirm the selection and move back to the pressing 1. When OFF, the
the selection and move back to last menu. feature can be turned on by
the last menu.
Auto Defog pressing 1. See Rear Window
Air Quality Sensor When turned On and high humidity Defogger under Climate Control
This will allow you to select whether is detected, the climate control Systems on page 81 for more
the system will operate at high or system may adjust to outside information.
low sensitivity. Only vehicles with air supply and turn on the air Press the MENU knob when Auto
the automatic climate control will conditioner or the heater. The fan Rear Defog is highlighted to open
have this option. speed may slightly increase to the menu. Turn the knob to highlight
Press the MENU knob when Air help prevent fogging. When high On or Off. Press the knob to confirm
Quality Sensor is highlighted to humidity is no longer detected, the the selection and move back to the
open the menu. Turn the knob to system will return to its prior last menu.
highlight High Sensitivity or Low operation.
Sensitivity. Press the BACK button Press the MENU knob when Auto
to confirm the selection and move Defog is highlighted to open the
back to the last menu. menu. Turn the knob to highlight
On or Off.
Comfort and Convenience Press the MENU knob when Park Exit Lighting
Assist is highlighted. Turn the knob This allows the selection of how
Select the Comfort and
to select On or Off. Press the knob long the exterior lamps stay on
Convenience menu and Chime
to confirm and go back to the when leaving the vehicle when it is
Volume will be displayed.
last menu. dark outside.
Chime Volume
Languages Press the MENU knob when Exit
This allows the selection of the Lighting is highlighted. Turn the
chime volume level. Select the Language menu and the
following will be displayed: knob to select Off, 30 Seconds,
Press the MENU knob when Chime 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. Press the
Volume is highlighted. Turn the knob
. English BACK button to confirm and go
to select Normal or High. Press the . Francais back to the last menu.
BACK button to confirm and go . Espanol Vehicle Locator Lights
back to the last menu.
Turn the MENU knob to select the This allows the vehicle locator lights
Collision/Detection Systems language. Press BACK to return to to be turned on or off. When on, the
If equipped, select the Collision/ the last menu. head lamps and back up lamps will
Detection Systems menu and Park Lighting flash when the keb fob unbutton K
Assist will be displayed. is pressed.
Select the Lighting menu and the
Park Assist following will be displayed: Press the MENU knob when Vehicle
Locator Lights is highlighted to open
This allows the Ultrasonic Parking . Exit Lighting the menu. Turn the MENU knob to
Assist feature, audible only, to be
. Vehicle Locator Lights highlight On or Off. Press MENU to
turned on or off.
select On or Off. Press the BACK
button to confirm the selection and
move back to the last menu.
Power Door Locks Delayed Door Lock Even when this feature is off, the
When on, this feature will delay driver is protected from accidental
Select Power Door Locks and the
the locking of the doors until lockouts when the key is in the
following will be displayed:
five seconds after the last door is ignition.
. Auto Door Unlock
closed. You will hear three chimes If Off is selected, the Delayed
. Delayed Door Lock to signal delayed locking is in use. Door Lock feature may be enabled
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Press either the power lock button through an additional menu
or the lock button on the RKE selection.
. Auto Door Lock transmitter twice to override the Press the MENU knob when
Auto Door Unlock delayed locking feature and Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out is
immediately lock all of the doors. highlighted to select On or Off.
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when Press the MENU knob when Press BACK to return to the
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Delayed Door Lock is highlighted last menu.
to select On or Off. Press BACK to
Press the MENU knob when Auto return to the last menu. Auto Door Lock
Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn This allows selection of which of the
the knob to select All Doors, Driver Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out doors will automatically lock when
Door, or Off. Press the knob to When on, all doors will lock. The the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
confirm and go back to the driver door will then unlock if door
last menu. Press the MENU knob when Auto
locking is requested while the Door Lock is highlighted. Turn the
drivers door is open and disables knob to select On or Off. Press the
Delayed Door Lock feature. knob to confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Remote Locking, Unlocking, Door Unlock or Remote Door Press the MENU knob when
Starting Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback
This allows selection of which doors is highlighted. Turn the knob to
Select Remote Locking, Unlocking, select On or Off. Press the knob
Starting and the following will be will unlock when pressing the unlock
button on the RKE transmitter. to confirm and go back to the
displayed (depending on system): last menu.
. Remote Lock Feedback Press the MENU knob when Door
Unlock is highlighted. Turn the knob Remote Start
. Door Unlock or Remote Door to select All Doors or Driver Door If equipped, this allows selection to
Unlock Only. When set to Driver Door Only, turn on or off Remote Start.
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback the driver door will unlock the first
time the unlock button is pressed Press the MENU knob when
. Remote Start Remote Start is highlighted. Turn
and all doors will unlock when the
button is pressed a second time. the knob to select On or Off. Press
Remote Lock Feedback
When set to All Doors, all of the the knob to confirm and go back to
This allows selection of what type of the last menu.
doors will unlock at the first press of
feedback is given when locking the
the unlock button. Press the knob to Return to Factory Settings
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
confirm and go back to the
Press the MENU knob when last menu. Select Return to Factory Settings to
Remote Lock Feedback is return all vehicle personalization to
highlighted. Turn the knob to Remote Unlock Light Feedback the default settings. Turn the knob
select Lights and Horn, Lights If equipped, this allows selection of to select Yes or No. Press the knob
Only, Horn Only, or Off. Press the what type of feedback is given when to confirm and go back to the
knob to confirm and go back to the unlocking the vehicle with the RKE last menu.
last menu. transmitter.
2 NOTES
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting The exterior lamps control has four

positions:
Exterior Lamp Controls O (Off): Briefly turn to this position
Exterior Lighting to turn the automatic light control off
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1 or on again.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam AUTO (Automatic): Turns the
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 headlamps on automatically at
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 normal brightness, together with
Daytime Running the following:
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp . Parking Lamps
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 . Taillamps
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4
Turn and Lane-Change
. License Plate Lamps
The exterior lamps control is located
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 . Instrument Panel Lights
on the instrument panel to the
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
outboard side of the steering . Side Marker Lamps
Interior Lighting column.
; (Parking Lamps): Turns the
Instrument Panel Illumination It controls the following systems: parking lamps on together with the
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 following:
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
. Headlamps
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 . Taillamps
. Taillamps
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 . License Plate Lamps
. Parking Lamps
Lighting Features . License Plate Lamps
. Instrument Panel Lights
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 . Side Marker Lamps
. Instrument Panel Lights
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-6 . Fog Lamps
6-2 Lighting
5 (Headlamps): Turns the Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass

headlamps on together with the Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams, pull the
lamps listed below. A warning chime
turn signal/lane change lever all the
sounds if the driver door is opened
way toward you. Then release it.
when the ignition switch is off and
the headlamps are on.
.
Daytime Running
Parking Lamps
Lamps (DRL)
. Taillamps
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can
. License Plate Lamps make it easier for others to see the
. Instrument Panel Lights 2 3 Headlamp High/LowBeam front of your vehicle during the day.
Changer: Push the turn signal/lane Fully functional daytime running
. Side Marker Lamps lamps are required on all vehicles
change lever away from you to turn
# (Front Fog Lamps): For the high beams on. first sold in Canada.
vehicles with fog lamps, press to
turn the lamps on or off. Pull the lever toward you to return to
low beams.
See Front Fog Lamps on page 64.
When the lights are on, ; will be
lit. See Lamps On Reminder on
page 522.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the
DRL are on.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the A light sensor on top of the
highbeam headlamps are on. instrument panel makes the DRL
work, so be sure it is not covered.
Lighting 6-3
The DRL system makes the low When it is bright enough outside,
beam headlamps come on at a the headlamps go off and the DRL
reduced brightness when the come on.
following conditions are met: To turn the DRL lamps off or on
. The ignition is in the ON/ again, turn the exterior lamps
RUN mode. control to the off position and then
. The exterior lamps control is release. For vehicles first sold in
in AUTO. Canada, the DRL lamps cannot be
turned off.
. The engine is running. The vehicle has a light sensor
Automatic Headlamp located on top of the instrument
When the DRL are on, only the low
panel. Make sure it is not covered,
beam headlamps, at a reduced level System or the headlamps will be on when
of brightness, will be on. The
When it is dark enough outside and they are not needed.
taillamps, sidemarker, instrument
panel, and other lamps will not the exterior lamps control is in the The system may also turn on the
be on. automatic position, the headlamps headlamps when driving through a
come on automatically. See Exterior parking garage or tunnel.
The headlamps automatically Lamp Controls on page 61.
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
6-4 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out. Have the bulbs
replaced. If the bulb is not burned
out, check the fuse. See Fuses and
Circuit Breakers on page 1034 for
more information.
Front Fog Lamps
An arrow on the instrument panel

cluster will flash in the direction of
the turn or lane change.
| Hazard Warning Flasher:
Press and momentarily hold this Move the lever all the way up or
button located on the instrument down to signal a turn.
panel above the climate control Raise or lower the lever until the
system, to make the front and arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
rear turn signal lamps flash on change. The turn signal flashes For vehicles with front fog lamps,
and off. This warns others that three times. the button is located on the
you are having trouble. Press and outboard side of the instrument
The lever returns to its starting panel.
momentarily hold again to turn the
position when it is released.
flashers off.
Lighting 6-5
The ignition must be on to turn on Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps

the fog lamps.
The courtesy lamps come on
#: Press to turn the fog lamps Instrument Panel automatically when any door is
on or off. An indicator light on the opened and the dome lamp is
instrument panel cluster comes on
Illumination Control
in the door position.
when the fog lamps are on.
The fog lamps come on together Dome Lamps
with the parking lamps.
If the highbeam headlamps are
turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
If the highbeam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
Some localities have laws that
This feature controls the brightness
require the headlamps to be on
of the instrument panel controls and
along with the fog lamps.
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is located to the left
of the steering column on the
instrument panel.
D (Instrument Panel The dome lamp controls are located
Brightness): Turn the thumbwheel in the headliner.
up or down and hold, to brighten or ( (Dome Lamp Override): Press
dim the instrument panel controls to turn the lamps off, even when a
and infotainment display screen. door is open.
6-6 Lighting
H (Door): Press to turn the lamps Lighting Features The dome lamps also come on
on automatically when a door is when the key is removed from the
opened. ignition. The exterior lamps and
Entry Lighting dome lamps remain on after the
' (On): Press to turn on the
The headlamps, parking lamps, door is closed for a set amount of
dome lamps. time, then automatically turn off.
taillamps, and most of the interior
lights turn on briefly, when the The exterior lamps turn off
Reading Lamps Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K is immediately by turning the
pressed. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps control off.
exterior lamps turn off, and then the The exit lighting feature can
dome and remaining interior lights be changed. See Vehicle
will dim to off. Entry lighting can be Personalization on page 533.
disabled manually by changing the
ignition out of the OFF position,
Battery Power Protection
or by pressing the RKE Q button.
The reading lamps are located in The battery saver feature is
the overhead console. This feature can be changed. See designed to protect the vehicle's
Vehicle Personalization on battery.
# / $ : Press the button near page 533.
each lamp to turn it on or off. If some interior lights are left on
Exit Lighting and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
The headlamps, taillamps, parking automatically turns the lamp off after
lamps, backup lamps, and license some time.
plate lamps come on at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when the
key is removed from the ignition.
Infotainment System 7-1

. Set up the tone, speaker
Infotainment Introduction adjustments, and preset radio
System Infotainment
stations.
For more information, see Defensive
Read the following pages to Driving on page 92.
Introduction become familiar with the audio
The vehicle has Retained
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 system's features.
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-1 the audio system can be played
Overview (Base Level) . . . . . . . .
Overview (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2
7-4
{ WARNING even after the ignition is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Taking your eyes off the road (RAP) on page 920 for more
for extended periods could information.
Radio cause a crash resulting in injury
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Navigation/Radio System
or death to you or others. Do
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 not give extended attention to For vehicles with a navigation radio
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-17 entertainment tasks while driving. system, see the separate navigation
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 manual.
This system provides access to
Audio Players Theft-Deterrent Feature
many audio and nonaudio listings.
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 To minimize taking your eyes off the The theft-deterrent feature works by
road while driving, do the following learning a portion of the Vehicle
Phone while the vehicle is parked: Identification Number (VIN) to
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-22 the infotainment system. The
Bluetooth (Infotainment
. Become familiar with the
infotainment system does not
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 operation and controls of the
operate if it is stolen or moved
Bluetooth (Voice audio system.
to a different vehicle.
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
7-2 Infotainment System
Overview (Base Level) D. k

. CD: Pauses playback, and
stops playback.
E. l
. Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
F. CLOCK
. Opens the clock menu.
G. INFO
. Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
. CD: Shows available
A. O C. g information about the
current track.
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station. H. TONE
B. Buttons 1 to 6 . CD: Selects the previous
. Opens the tone menu.
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a
favorite stations. track.
I. AS M. CONFIG Q. MENU
. Radio: Opens the auto . Opens the settings menu. . Turn to open menus,
store stations list. highlight menu items,
N. 5\> or set numeric values while
J. BAND
. Opens the phone in a menu.
. Changes the band while main menu. . Press to select menu
listening to the radio.
. Mutes the audio system. items.
. Selects the radio when
listening to a different O. FAV . Radio: Manually selects
audio source. radio stations.
. Radio: Opens the
K. CD/AUX favorites list. . CD: Selects tracks.
. Selects the CD player or P. BACK R. Y
an external audio source. . Menu: Moves one . Removes a disc from the
L. CD Slot level back. CD slot.
. Insert a CD.
. Character Input: Deletes
the last character.
Overview (Uplevel) D. u
. CD: Moves up one folder
level while playing an MP3.
E. k
. CD: Pauses playback, and
stops playback.
F. w
. CD: Moves back one folder
level while playing an MP3.
G. l
. Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
H. CLOCK
A. O C. g . Opens the clock menu.
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station.
B. Buttons 1 to 6 . CD: Selects the previous
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a
favorite stations. track.
I. INFO N. CD Slot S. MENU

. Radio: Shows available . Insert a CD. . Turn to open menus,
information about the O. CONFIG highlight menu items,
current station. or set numeric values while
.
. Opens the settings menu. in a menu.
CD: Shows available
information about the P. 5\> . Press to select menu
current track. items.
. Opens the phone
J. TONE main menu. . Radio: Manually selects
. Opens the tone menu. radio stations.
. Mutes the audio system.
K. AS
. CD: Selects tracks.
Q. FAV
. Radio: Opens the auto . Radio: Opens the T. Y
store stations list. favorites list. . Removes a disc from the
L. BAND R. BACK CD slot.
. Changes the band while . Menu: Moves one
listening to the radio. level back.
. Selects the radio when . Character Input: Deletes
listening to a different the last character.
audio source.
M. CD/AUX
. Selects the CD player or
an external audio source.
Operation MENU System (Base Level) B. The angled arrow indicates that
a submenu with more options is
Controls The menu system for the base level
available.
infotainment system appears on the
The infotainment system is top half of the display screen. C. A single right arrow indicates
operated by using the pushbuttons, that the first submenu level is
multifunction knobs, menus shown Menu Icons active. Two right arrows indicate
on the display, and steering wheel The menu icons indicate the that the second submenu level
controls, if equipped. following: is active.
Turning the System On or Off D. The down arrow indicates that
that more options are available
O (Volume/Power): Press to in the current menu.
turn the system on and off.
Controls
Automatic SwitchOff
The MENU knob and the BACK
If the infotainment system has button are used to navigate the
been turned on after the ignition is menu system.
turned off, the system will turn off
automatically after 10 minutes. MENU Knob: Press to:
. Enter the menu system.
Volume Control
. Select or activate the menu
O (Volume/Power): Turn to adjust
option.
the volume. A. The up and down arrows
. Confirm a set value.
5 / > (Phone/Mute): Press 5 / > indicate that the main menu is
to mute the infotainment system. active. . Turn a system setting on or off.
Press 5 / > again, or turn
the O knob to cancel mute.
Turn to: Activating a Setting 2. Turn the MENU knob to change

. Select a menu, or a menu the current value of the setting.
option. 3. Press the MENU knob to confirm
. Select a value. the setting.
BACK: Press to: Turning a Function On or Off

. Exit a menu.
. Return from a submenu screen 1. Press the MENU knob to enter
to the previous menu screen. the displayed menu.
. Delete the last character in a 2. Turn the MENU knob to display
sequence. the setting.
Selecting a Menu Option 3. Press the MENU knob to 1. Press the MENU knob to enter
1. Turn the MENU knob to scroll activate the setting. the displayed menu.
through available menu options. Setting a Value 2. Turn the MENU knob to turn the
2. Press the MENU knob to select function on or off.
the option. 3. Press the MENU knob to confirm
Submenus the setting.
A single right arrow indicates that a
submenu with other options is
available.
A double right arrow indicates that a 1. Press the MENU knob to enter
second submenu with other options the displayed menu.
is available.
Entering a Character Sequence Controls Selecting a Menu Option

The MENU knob and the BACK
button are used to navigate the
menu system.
MENU Knob: Press to:
. Enter the menu system.
. Select or activate the highlighted
1. Press the MENU knob to enter menu option. 1. Turn the MENU knob to move
the displayed menu. the highlighted bar.
. Confirm a set value.
2. Turn the MENU knob to adjust 2. Press the MENU knob to select
the highlighted character.
. Turn a system setting on or off. the highlighted option.
3. Press the MENU knob to select Turn to: Submenus
the character. . Highlight a menu option. An arrow on the righthand edge of
Press the BACK button to delete the . Select a value. the menu indicates that it has a
last character in the sequence or submenu with other options.
press and hold to delete the entire BACK: Press to:
character sequence. . Exit a menu.
MENU System (Uplevel) . Return from a submenu screen
to the previous menu screen.
The menu system for the uplevel
. Delete the last character in a
infotainment system appears on the
display screen. sequence.
Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off Press the BACK button to delete the
last character in the sequence or
press and hold to delete the entire
character sequence.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight player source.
the setting. the function. To quickly reset an audio setting
2. Press the MENU knob to 2. Press the MENU knob to turn value to 0:
activate the setting. the function on or off. 1. Press the TONE button.
Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence 2. Select the audio setting.
3. Press and hold the MENU
button until the value
changes to 0.
Press the BACK button to go back
to the Tone Settings menu.
1. Turn the MENU knob to change 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the current value of the setting. the character.
2. Press the MENU knob to confirm 2. Press the MENU knob to select
the setting. the character.
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, System Settings The level of volume compensation
and Bass can be selected, or the auto volume
Configuring the Number of feature can be turned off.
1. Press the TONE button. Favorite Pages
2. Select Treble, Midrange, 1. Press the CONFIG button.
To configure the number of available
or Bass. favorite pages: 2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select the value. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Auto Volume.
Press the BACK button to go back 2. Select Radio Settings. 4. Select the setting.
to the Tone Settings menu. 5. Press the BACK button
3. Select Radio Favorites.
Adjusting the Fader and Balance to go back to the System
4. Select the number of available Configuration menu.
1. Press the TONE button. favorite pages.
2. Select Fader or Balance. Maximum Startup Volume
5. Press the BACK button
3. Select the value. to go back to the System The maximum volume played when
Configuration menu. the radio is first turned on can
Press the BACK button to go back be set.
to the Tone Settings menu. Auto Volume
1. Press the CONFIG button.
Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) The auto volume feature
automatically adjusts the radio 2. Select Radio Settings.
For vehicles that have an equalizer: volume to compensate for road and 3. Select Maximum Startup
1. Press the TONE button. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up Volume.
or slows down, so that the volume
2. Select EQ presets. level is consistent. 4. Select the setting.
3. Select the setting. 5. Press the BACK button
Press the BACK button to go back to go back to the System
to the Tone Settings menu. Configuration menu.
Radio RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Band

The radio may have RDS. The RDS Press the BAND button to choose
AM-FM Radio feature is available for use only on AM, FM, or XM, if equipped. The
FM stations that broadcast RDS last station that was playing starts
Control Buttons information. This feature only works playing again.
The buttons used to control the when the information from the radio
station is available. In rare cases, Selecting a Station
radio are:
a radio station could broadcast Seek Tuning
BAND: Press to turn the radio on incorrect information that causes the
and choose between AM, FM, and radio features to work improperly. If the radio station is not known:
XM, if equipped. If this happens, contact the radio Briefly press g or l to
MENU: Turn to navigate the station. automatically search for the next
available menus and to search for While the radio is tuned to an available station. If a station is not
stations. FM-RDS station, the station name found, the radio switches to a more
INFO: Press to display additional or call letters display. sensitive search level. If a station
information that may be available for still is not found, the frequency that
Radio Menus was last active begins to play.
the current song.
Radio menus are available for AM
g/l: Press to search for
and FM.
If the radio station is known:
stations.
Press and hold g or l until the
Turn the MENU knob to open the
FAV: Press to open the favorites station on the display is reached,
main radio menu for that band.
list and select the favorites page. then release the button.
1 to 6: Press to select preset Manual Tuning
stations.
Turn the TUNE knob to select the
AS (Autostore): Press to open the frequency on the display.
autostore list.
Favorites List To search for a programming type To cancel the station search, press
1. Turn the MENU knob. determined by station: the MENU Knob.
2. Select Favorites List. 1. Turn the MENU knob. Storing a Station as a Favorite
3. Select the station. 2. Select FM category list. A list of Stations from all bands can be
all programming types available stored in any order in the favorite
Station Lists displays. pages.
1. Turn the MENU knob. 3. Select the programming type. Up to six stations can be stored in
2. Select AM or FM Station List. All A list of stations that transmit each favorite page and the number
receivable stations in the current programming of the selected of available favorite pages can
reception area are displayed. If a type displays. be set.
station list has not been created, 4. Select the station. Storing Stations
an automatic station search The category lists are updated when
is done. To store the station to a position in
the station lists are updated. the list, press the corresponding
3. Select the station. button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard.
Updating Station & Category Lists
Category Lists If stations stored in the station list Retrieving Stations
Most stations that broadcast an can no longer be received: Press the FAV button to open a
RDS program type code specify the 1. Turn the MENU knob. favorite page or to switch to another
type of programming transmitted. favorite page. Briefly press one of
Some stations change the program 2. Select Update AM or FM Station
the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the
type code depending on the List, if the stations stored in
station.
content. The system stores the RDS the station list are no longer
stations sorted by program type in received. A station search will
the FM category list. be completed and the first
station in the updated list
will play.
Autostore Stations Satellite Radio Control Buttons

AS (Autostore): Autostore Vehicles with an XM Satellite Radio The buttons used to control the XM
searches and stores six FM and tuner and a valid XM Satellite Radio radio are:
six AM stations with the strongest subscription can receive XM RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the
signal. To use autostore: programming. radio on and choose between AM,
1. Press RADIO/BAND to select XM Satellite Radio Service FM, and XM.
FM or AM. g/l: Press to go to the
XM is a satellite radio service that is
2. Press AS for at least based in the 48 contiguous United
previous or next channel.
two seconds until a beep States and 10 Canadian provinces. FAV: Press to open the
sounds. SEARCH displays on XM Satellite Radio has a wide favorites list.
the radio, followed by the variety of programming and
number of stations found. 1 to 6: Press to select a favorite.
commercial-free music, coast to
3. The radio will automatically store coast, and in digital-quality sound. MENU: Turn to select a channel.
the six strongest stations found A service fee is required to receive INFO: Press to display additional
as autostore presets. the XM service. If XM Service needs information that may be available
Press the AS button to alternate to be reactivated, the radio will about the current song.
between the autostore stations and display "No Subscription Please
Renew" on channel XM1. For k (Play/Pause): Press to pause
favorites. time shifted content, if equipped.
more information, contact XM at
AS displays on the radio when using www.xmradio.com or call Selecting the XM Band
autostore presets. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and
www.xmradio.ca or call Press the RADIO/BAND button to
Autostore does not delete
1-877-438-9677 in Canada. choose between the AM, FM, and
previously stored favorite stations.
XM bands. The last channel played
Autostore does not function with XM in that band begins to play when
radio stations. that band is selected.
XM Categories Selecting a Channel Selecting a Channel Using the

XM channels are organized in Using g or l MENU System
categories. 1. Turn the MENU knob.
. Press and release g or l to
Removing or Adding Categories go to the previous or next 2. Select XM Category List.
channel. 3. Select the category.
Channels in a category that have
been removed can still be accessed . Press and hold g or l to 4. Select the channel.
by using the g or l buttons, scroll through the previous or
or the MENU knob. next channel until the channel is Storing an XM Channel as a
reached. Favorite
To add or remove categories:
Selecting a Channel Using the Channels from all bands can be
1. Press the CONFIG button. stored in any order in the favorite
MENU Knob
2. Select Radio Settings. pages.
To select an XM channel using the
3. Select XM Categories. MENU knob: Up to six channels can be stored in
each favorite page and the number
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Turn the MENU knob to highlight of available favorite pages can
the category. an XM channel. The channel is be set.
5. Press the MENU knob to remove selected after a short delay.
Storing a Channel as a Favorite
or add the category. To select a channel using
the MENU: To store the channel to a position
Selecting an XM Channel in the list, press and hold the
1. Turn the MENU knob and select corresponding 1 to 6 button until
XM channels can be selected by
Channel List. the channel can be heard again.
using g, l, the MENU knob,
or the MENU system. 2. Select the desired channel.
Retrieving Channels Channel Unauth: This channel is No Subscription Please Renew:

Press the FAV button to open a blocked or cannot be received with XM subscription needs to be
favorite page or to change to your XM Subscription package. reactivated. Contact XM at
another favorite page. Briefly Channel Unavailable: This www.xmradio.com or
press one of the 1 to 6 buttons previously assigned channel is no 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.
to retrieve the channel. longer assigned. Tune to another and www.xmradio.ca or
station. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada.
XM Messages No XM Signal: The system is
No Artist Info: The system is
XL (Explicit Language working properly. No artist working properly. The vehicle may
Channels): These channels, or any information is available at this be in a location where the XM signal
others, can be blocked by request, time on this channel. is being blocked. When the vehicle
by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the is moved into an open area, the
U.S., and 1-877-438-9677 in No Title Info: The system is signal should return.
Canada. working properly. No song title
information is available at this CAT Not Found: The system is
XM Updating: The encryption code time on this channel. working properly. There are no
in the receiver is being updated. No channels available for the selected
action is required. This process No CAT Info: The system is category.
should take no longer than working properly. No category
information is available at this XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
30 seconds. this message alternates with the XM
time on this channel.
Loading XM: The audio system is Radio eightdigit radio ID label. This
acquiring and processing audio and No Information: The system label is needed to activate the
text data. No action is needed. This is working properly. No text or service.
message should disappear shortly. informational messages are
available at this time on this Unknown: If this message is
Channel Off Air: This channel is channel. received when tuned to channel 0,
not currently in service. Tune in to there could be a receiver fault.
another channel. Consult with your dealer.
Check Antenna: If this message FM XM Satellite Radio Service

does not clear within a short period
FM signals only reach about 16 to XM Satellite Radio Service gives
of time, the receiver could have a
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the digital radio reception from coast to
fault. Consult with your dealer.
radio has a built-in electronic circuit coast in the 48 contiguous United
XM Not Available: If this message that automatically works to reduce States, and in Canada. Just as
does not clear within a short period interference, some static can occur, with FM, tall buildings or hills can
of time, the receiver could have a especially around tall buildings or interfere with satellite radio signals,
fault. Consult with your dealer. hills, causing the sound to fade in causing the sound to fade in and
and out. out. In addition, traveling or standing
Radio Reception under heavy foliage, bridges,
AM garages, or tunnels may cause loss
Frequency interference and static
The range for most AM stations is of the XM signal for a period of time.
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
Cellular Phone Usage
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic station frequencies to interfere Cellular phone usage may cause
devices are plugged into the with each other. For better radio interference with the vehicle's radio.
accessory power outlet. If there is reception, most AM radio stations This interference may occur when
interference or static, unplug the boost the power levels during the making or receiving phone calls,
item from the accessory power day, and then reduce these levels charging the phone's battery,
outlet. during the night. Static can also or simply having the phone on. This
occur when things like storms and interference can cause an increased
power lines interfere with radio level of static while listening to the
reception. When this happens, try radio. If static is received while
reducing the treble on the radio. listening to the radio, unplug the
cellular phone and turn it off.
Satellite Radio Antenna Audio Players mild neutral detergent solution

mixed with water, and clean it.
The XM Satellite Radio antenna is Wipe the disc from the center to
located on the roof of the vehicle. CD Player the outer edge.
Keep the antenna clear of The CD player can play audio CDs
obstructions for clear radio Care of the CD Player
and MP3 CDs.
reception. Do not add a label to a disc, as it
The CD player will not play could get caught in the CD player.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, the 8 cm (3 in) CDs.
performance of the XM system may If a label is needed, label the
be affected if the sunroof is open. Care of CDs top of the recorded disc with a
marking pen.
Sound quality can be reduced due
Multi-Band Antenna to disc quality, recording method, Do not use disc lens cleaners
The multi-band antenna is on the quality of the music recorded, and because they could contaminate the
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is how the disc has been handled. lens of the disc optics and damage
used for the AMFM radio, OnStar, Handle discs carefully and store the CD player.
the XM Satellite Radio Service them in their original cases or other Notice: If a label is added to a
System, and GPS (Global protective cases away from direct CD, more than one CD is inserted
Positioning System), if the vehicle sunlight and dust. If the bottom into the slot at a time, or an
has these features. Keep the surface of a disc is damaged, the attempt is made to play scratched
antenna clear of obstructions for disc may not play properly or at all. or damaged CDs, the CD player
clear reception. Do not touch the bottom surface of could be damaged. While using
a disc while handling it; this could the CD player, use only CDs in
damage the surface. Pick up discs good condition without any label,
by grasping the outer edges or the load one CD at a time, and keep
edge of the hole and the outer edge. the CD player and the loading slot
If the bottom surface of a disc is free of foreign materials, liquids,
dirty, take a soft lintfree cloth, and debris.
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a
Control Buttons Removing a CD Using the CD Menu:

The buttons used to control the CD Press Y. 1. Turn the MENU knob.
player are: 2. Select Tracks list.
The disc is pushed out of the
CD/AUX: Press to use the CD CD slot. 3. Select the track.
player.
If the disc is not removed after it is Playing Tracks in Random Order
l/g: Press to select tracks or ejected, it is pulled back in after a
to fast forward or rewind within a few seconds. Turn the MENU knob and then set
track. Shuffle Songs to On.
INFO: Press to display additional
Playing a CD or MP3 CD
Fast Forward and Rewind
information about the current track Press the CD/AUX button if there is
that may be available. a disc in the player; it begins Press and hold l or g to fast
playing. forward or rewind within the current
TUNE: Turn to select tracks. track.
Information about the disc and
MENU: Turn to enter the menu.
current track is shown on the Selecting an MP3 Track
SELECT: Press to select an item. display depending on the data Using the control buttons:
Y: Press to eject the disc. stored.
. Press g or l to select the
Inserting a CD Selecting a CD Track
previous or next track.
With the printed side facing up, Using the control buttons: . Turn the TUNE knob.
insert a disc into the CD slot until it . Press g or l to select the
is drawn in. previous or next track.
. Turn the TUNE knob.
Using the CD Menu: To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU knob. 1. Turn the MENU knob.
2. Select Playlists/Folders. 2. Select Search.
3. Select the playlist or folder. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
4. Select the track. Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
Searching for MP3 Tracks 4. Select the track.
The search feature may take some
time to display the information after Auxiliary Devices
reading the disc due to the amount
of information stored on the disc. The optional AUX input allows
FM automatically plays while the portable devices to connect to the The AUX input/USB port is located
disc is being read. vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) in the center console. Remove the
auxiliary jack or USB port. cover to access and replace when
Tracks can be searched by:
Portable devices are controlled by not in use.
. Playlists using the menu system described in
3.5 mm Jack
. Artists Operation on page 76.
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
. Albums the auxiliary input jack to use a
. Song Titles portable audio player.
. Genres Playback of an audio device that is
connected to the 3.5 mm jack can
. Folder View only be controlled using the controls
on the device.
Adjusting the Volume Connecting and Controlling 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
an iPod Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,
Turn the O knob to adjust the Audiobooks, or Composers.
volume of the infotainment system Not all iPods can be controlled by
after the volume level has been set the infotainment system. 4. Select the track.
on the portable audio device. Shuffle
Connecting an iPod
USB Port Connect the iPod to the USB port. Turn the MENU knob and set
For vehicles with a USB port, the Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or
Searching for a Track Off, then press the BACK button to
following devices may be connected
and controlled by the infotainment Tracks that are found can be return to the main screen.
system. searched for by: On: Plays tracks in the current
. iPods
. Playlists folder in random order.
. PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)
. Artists Off: Plays tracks in the current
folder in sequential order.
. USB Drives
. Albums
Repeat
. Zunes
. Song Titles
Turn the MENU knob and set
Not all iPods, PFDs, USB drives,
. Podcasts
Repeat to On or Off, then press the
and Zunes are compatible with the . Genres BACK button to return the main
infotainment system. Devices are screen.
also charged while plugged into the
. Audiobooks
USB port. . Composers On: Repeats the current track.
To search for tracks: Off: Starts playback from the
beginning of the current track
1. Turn the MENU knob. after the last track finishes.
2. Select Search.
Connecting and Controlling a 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Connecting and Controlling a
PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Song Titles, Podcasts, USB Drive
or Zune or Genres.
The infotainment system can only
Connecting a PFD or Zune 4. Select the track. play back .mp3 and .wma files from
Shuffle Functionality a USB drive.
Connect the PFD or Zune to the
USB port. Turn the MENU knob and set Only the first 10,000 songs are
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On recognized on the device.
Searching for a Track
or Off. When a device is not supported, the
Tracks can be searched for by: message No supported data found.
On: Plays current tracks in
. Playlists random order. You can safely disconnect the
device appears.
. Artists Off: Plays current tracks in
sequential order. Connecting a USB Drive
. Albums
Repeat Functionality Connect the USB drive to the
. Song Titles
USB port.
. Podcasts Turn the MENU knob and set
Repeat to On or Off. Searching for a Track
. Genres
Repeat On: Repeats the current It is normal for the search feature
To search for tracks: track. to take some time to display the
1. Turn the MENU knob. information after reading the device
Repeat Off: Starts playback from due to the amount of information
2. Select Search. the beginning of the current track stored.
after the last track finishes.
Files that do not have any meta
data stored in the ID3 tag display
as Unknown.
Tracks can be searched for by: Shuffle Functionality Phone

. Playlists* Turn the MENU knob and set
. Artists Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Bluetooth (Overview)
or Off.
. Albums For vehicles equipped with
On: Plays current tracks in random Bluetooth capability, the system
. Song Titles order. can interact with many cell phones,
. Genres Off: Plays current tracks in allowing:
. Folder View sequential order. . Placement and receipt of calls in
*This only displays if a playlist is Repeat Functionality a hands-free mode.
found on the device. Turn the MENU knob and set
. Sharing of the cell phones
To search for tracks: Repeat to On or Off. address book or contact list
with the vehicle.
1. Turn the MENU knob. Repeat On: Repeats the current
track. To minimize driver distraction,
2. Select Search. before driving, and with the vehicle
Repeat Off: Starts playback from parked:
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, the beginning of the current track
Song Titles, Genres, after the last track finishes.
. Become familiar with the
or Folder View. features of the cell phone.
4. Select the track. Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system $ / i (End Call/Mute): Press to
can use a Bluetoothcapable cell end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
all cell phones. See Pairing a phone with a HandsFree Profile to operation.
Phone in this section for more make and receive phone calls. The
information. infotainment system and voice Infotainment System Controls
. If the cell phone has voice recognition are used to control the For information about how to
dialing capability, learn to use system. The system can be used navigate the menu system using
that feature to access the while the ignition is in ON/RUN or the infotainment controls, see
address book or contact list. See ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of Operation on page 76.
Voice Pass-Thru in this section the Bluetooth system can be up to
for more information. 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support 5 \ > (Phone): Press to enter the
all functions and not all phones work Phone main menu.
. See Storing and Deleting Phone with the Bluetooth system. See
Numbers in this section for Voice Recognition
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
more information. information about compatible The voice recognition system uses
phones. commands to control the system
{ WARNING Bluetooth Controls
and dial phone numbers.
Noise: The system may not
When using a cell phone, it can Use the buttons located on the recognize voice commands if there
be distracting to look too long or infotainment system and the is too much background noise.
too often at the screen of the steering wheel to operate the
phone or the infotainment When to Speak: A tone sounds to
Bluetooth system.
(navigation) system. Taking indicate that the system is ready for
your eyes off the road too long Steering Wheel Controls a voice command. Wait for the tone
and then speak.
or too often could cause a crash b / g (Push To Talk): Press to
resulting in injury or death. Focus answer incoming calls, confirm How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
your attention on driving. system information, and start calm and natural voice.
voice recognition.
Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment Pairing Information:

When using the Bluetooth system, Controls) . Up to five cell phones can be
sound comes through the vehicle's paired to the Bluetooth system.
For information about how to
front audio system speakers and . The pairing process is disabled
navigate the menu system using
overrides the audio system. Turn when the vehicle is moving.
the infotainment controls, see
the O knob during a call to change Operation on page 76. . The Bluetooth system links with
the volume level. The adjusted
Pairing the first available paired cell
volume level remains in memory
phone in the order the phone
for later calls. The system maintains A Bluetoothenabled cell phone was paired.
a minimum volume level. must be paired to the Bluetooth
system first and then connected to
. Only one paired cell phone can
Other Information be connected to the Bluetooth
the vehicle before it can be used.
The Bluetooth word mark and See the cell phone manufacturer's system at a time.
logos are owned by the Bluetooth user guide for Bluetooth functions . Pairing should only need to be
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks before pairing the cell phone. If a completed once, unless changes
by General Motors is under license. Bluetooth phone is not connected, to the pairing information have
Other trademarks and trade names calls will be made using OnStar been made or the phone is
are those of their respective owners. HandsFree Calling, if available. deleted.
See Radio Frequency Statement on Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide To link to a different paired phone,
page 1316 for FCC and Industry for more information. see Linking to a Different Phone
Canada information. The pairing process can be started later in this section.
by using the voice recognition
system or the controls on the Pairing a Phone
infotainment system. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Pair Device (Phone). 6. The system prompts for a name 4. Select Device List.
A fourdigit Personal for the phone and confirms the 5. Select the phone to delete and
Identification Number (PIN) name provided. This name is follow the onscreen prompts.
appears on the display. used to indicate which phone is
If the Add new GPS device connected. Linking to a Different Phone
option is selected, the system 7. The system responds with To link to a different phone, the new
will start a search for Bluetooth <Phone name> has been phone must be in the vehicle and
Handsfree profile devices just successfully paired after the available to be connected to the
like if Add new Phone was pairing process is complete. Bluetooth system before the
selected. The additional GPS 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 to process is started.
location feature which would pair additional phones. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
provide the vehicle's GPS
location through the Bluetooth Listing All Paired and Connected 2. Select Phone Settings.
Serial Port Profile is not Phones 3. Select Bluetooth.
available. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 4. Select Device List.
5. Start the pairing process on the 2. Select Phone Settings.
cell phone that will be paired to 5. Select the new phone to link
the vehicle. Reference the cell 3. Select Bluetooth. to and follow the onscreen
phone manufacturer's user guide prompts.
4. Select Device List.
for information on this process. If delete is selected, the
Deleting a Paired Phone highlighted phone will be
Locate the device named Your
Vehicle in the list on the cell 1. Press the CONFIG button. deleted.
phone and follow the instructions 2. Select Phone Settings.
on the cell phone to enter the
fourdigit PIN provided by the 3. Select Bluetooth.
system.
Making a Call Using To make a call using the Phone Making a Call
Phone Book Book menu:
1. Press the 5 / > button twice.
For cell phones that support the 1. Press the 5 / > button twice. 2. Enter the character sequence.
phone book feature, the Bluetooth
2. Select Phone Book. See Entering a Character
system can use the contacts stored
on your cell phone to make calls. 3. You can search through the list Sequence in Operation on
See your cell phone's owner's guide by selecting the letter group the page 76 for more information.
or contact your wireless provider to phone book entry begins with, 3. Select Call to start dialing the
find out if this feature is supported or press the MENU knob to number.
by your phone. scroll through the entire list of
names/numbers in the Accepting or Declining a Call
When a cell phone supports the
phone book. When a call is received, the
phone book feature, the Phone
Book and Call Lists menus are 4. Select the name or number you infotainment system mutes and a
automatically available. want to call. ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
The Phone Book menu allows you To make a call using the Call Accepting a Call
to access the phone book stored in Lists menu: Turn the MENU knob to Answer
the cell phone to make a call. and press the MENU knob.
1. Press the 5 / > button twice.
The Call Lists menu allows you to Declining a Call
access the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists.
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Turn the MENU knob to Decline and
Missed Calls menus on your cell Outgoing Calls, or Missed press the MENU knob.
phone to make a call. Calls list.
4. Select the name or number you
want to call.
Call Waiting Conference Calling Ending a Call

Call waiting must be supported on Conference calling and threeway Press the MENU knob and
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by calling must be supported on the select Hang Up.
the wireless service carrier to work. Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work. Muting a Call
Accepting a Call
To start a conference while in a To Mute a Call
Turn the MENU knob to Answer current call:
and press the MENU knob. Press the MENU knob and
1. Press the MENU knob. select Mute Call.
Declining a Call
2. Select Enter Number. To Cancel Mute
Turn the MENU knob to Decline
and press the MENU knob. 3. Enter the character sequence Press the MENU knob and
then select call. See Entering select Mute Call.
Switching Between Calls a Character Sequence in
(Call Waiting Calls Only) Operation on page 76 for Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
more information. (DTMF) Tones
To switch between calls:
4. After the call has been placed, The Bluetooth system can send
1. Press the MENU knob.
turn the MENU knob button and numbers during a call. This is used
2. Select Switch Call from choose Merge Calls. when calling a menudriven phone
the menu. system.
5. To add more callers to the
conference call, repeat 1. Press the MENU knob and
Steps 1 through 4. The number select Enter Number.
of callers that can be added is 2. Enter the character sequence.
limited by your wireless service See Entering a Character
carrier. Sequence in Operation on

. Only one paired cell phone can
Bluetooth (Voice Pairing
be connected to the Bluetooth
Recognition) A Bluetooth cell phone must be system at a time.
paired to the Bluetooth system and
Using Voice Recognition then connected to the vehicle before
. If multiple paired cell phones are
it can be used. See your cell phone within range of the system, the
To use voice recognition, press the
system connects to the first
b / g button located on the steering manufacturer's user guide for
available paired cell phone in the
wheel. The system responds Bluetooth functions before pairing
the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone order that they were first paired
differently depending on what kind
is not connected, calls will be made to the system. To link to a
of infotainment system the vehicle
using OnStar HandsFree Calling, different paired phone, see
has installed.
if available. Refer to the OnStar Connecting to a Different
For vehicles without a navigation Owner's Guide for more information. Phone later in this section.
system, the system responds
Ready, followed by a tone. After Pairing Information Pairing a Phone
the tone, say a command. . Up to five cell phones can be 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a
For vehicles with a navigation paired to the Bluetooth system. navigation system, say Hands
system, the system responds with a Free, after the tone.
. The pairing process is disabled
tone. After the tone say Hands when the vehicle is moving. 2. Say Bluetooth.
Free to use the Bluetooth voice
recognition system. The system . Pairing only needs to be 3. Say Pair. The system responds
then responds with Ready, completed once, unless the with instructions and a fourdigit
followed by a tone. After the tone, pairing information on the cell Personal Identification Number
say a command. phone changes or the cell phone (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
is deleted from the system.
For additional information say
Help while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
cell phone that you want to pair. Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
For help with this process, see The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
your cell phone manufacturer's paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
user guide. also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell
5. Locate the device named Your system responds with is connected phones were paired. Depending
Vehicle in the list on the cell after that phone name. on which cell phone you want to
phone. Follow the instructions connect to, you may have to use
on the cell phone to enter the 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a this command several times.
PIN provided in Step 3. After the navigation system, say Hands
PIN is successfully entered, the Free, after the tone. 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a
system prompts you to provide a 2. Say Bluetooth. navigation system, say Hands
name for the paired cell phone. Free, after the tone.
This name will indicate which 3. Say List.
2. Say Bluetooth.
phones are paired and Deleting a Paired Phone
connected to the vehicle. 3. Say Change phone.
See Listing All Paired and If the phone name you want to . If another cell phone is
Connected Phones later in this delete is unknown, see Listing All found, the response will be
section for more information. Paired and Connected Phones.
<Phone name> is now
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a connected.
additional phones. navigation system, say Hands . If another cell phone is not
Free, after the tone. found, the original phone
2. Say Bluetooth. remains connected.
3. Say Delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Storing and Deleting Phone Using the Store Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
Numbers that you want to store. After
1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a each digit is entered, the system
The system can store up to navigation system, say Hands repeats back the digit it heard
30 phone numbers as name Free, after the tone. followed by a tone. After the last
tags in the HandsFree Directory digit has been entered, say
2. Say Store.
that is shared between the Store, and then follow the
Bluetooth and OnStar systems. 3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to
of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number.
The following commands are used
at once with no pauses, then
to delete and store phone numbers.
follow the directions given by the Using the Delete Command
Store: This command will store system to save a name tag for
a phone number or a group of this number. 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a
numbers as a name tag. navigation system, say Hands
Using the Digit Store Command Free, after the tone.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a If an unwanted number is 2. Say Delete.
name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say
Clear at any time to clear the 3. Say the name tag you want to
at a time. delete.
last number.
Delete: This command is used to Using the Delete All Name Tags
delete individual name tags. To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say Command
Delete All Name Tags: This Verify at any time. This command deletes all stored
command deletes all stored name name tags in the HandsFree
tags in the HandsFree Calling 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a
Calling Directory and the OnStar
Directory and the OnStar navigation system, say Hands TurnbyTurn Destinations Directory.
TurnbyTurn Destinations Free, after the tone.
Directory. 2. Say Digit Store.
To delete all name tags: Digit Dial: This command allows a If an unwanted number is
phone number to be dialed by recognized by the system, say
1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a entering the digits one at a time. Clear at any time to clear the last
navigation system, say Hands number.
Free, after the tone. Redial: This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell To hear all of the numbers
2. Say Delete all name tags. phone. recognized by the system, say
Listing Stored Numbers Verify at any time.
Using the Dial or Call
The list command will list all the Command 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a
stored numbers and name tags. navigation system, say Hands
1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a
Free, after the tone.
Using the List Command navigation system, say Hands
Free, after the tone. 2. Say Digit Dial.
1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a
2. Say Dial or Call. 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
navigation system, say Hands
that you want to dial. After each
Free, after the tone. 3. Say the entire number without
digit is entered, the system
2. Say Directory. pausing or say the name tag.
repeats back the digit it heard
3. Say HandsFree Calling. Once connected, the person called followed by a tone. After the last
will be heard through the audio digit has been entered,
4. Say List. speakers. say Dial.
Making a Call Using the Digit Dial Command Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a
speakers.
following commands. phone number to be dialed by
Dial or Call: The dial or entering the digits one at a time.
call command can be used After each digit is entered, the
interchangeably to dial a phone system repeats back the digit it
number or a stored name tag. heard followed by a tone.
Using the Redial Command . Press b / g again to return to Ending a Call

the original call.
1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a Press $ / i to end a call.
navigation system, say Hands
. To ignore the incoming call, no
Free, after the tone. action is required. Muting a Call
2. After the tone, say Redial. . Press $ / i to disconnect the During a call, all sounds from inside
current call and switch to the call the vehicle can be muted so that the
Once connected, the person called person on the other end of the call
will be heard through the audio on hold.
cannot hear them.
speakers. ThreeWay Calling
To mute a call, press b / g, and
Receiving a Call Threeway calling must be then say Mute Call.
When an incoming call is received, supported on the cell phone and
the audio system mutes and a ring enabled by the wireless service To cancel mute, press b / g, and
tone is heard in the vehicle. carrier. then say Unmute Call.
. Press b / g to answer the call. 1. While on a call, press b / g. Transferring a Call
2. Say Threeway Call. Audio can be transferred between
. Press $ / i to ignore a call. the Bluetooth system and the cell
3. Use the dial or call command to
Call Waiting dial the number of the third party phone.
Call waiting must be supported on to be called. The cell phone must be paired
the cell phone and enabled by the 4. Once the call is connected, and connected with the Bluetooth
wireless service carrier. system before a call can be
press b / g to link all callers transferred. The connection process
. Press b / g to answer an together. can take up to two minutes after the
incoming call when another call ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.
To Transfer Audio from the To access contacts stored in the Sending a Number or Name Tag
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone cell phone: During a Call
During a call with the audio in the 1. Press b / g. For vehicles with a 1. Press b / g.
vehicle: navigation system, say Hands 2. Say Dial.
1. Press b / g. Free, after the tone.
3. Say the number or name tag
2. Say Transfer Call. 2. Say Bluetooth. to send.
3. Say Voice. The cell phone's
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth normal prompt messages will go Clearing the System
System from a Cell Phone
through their cycle according to Unless information is deleted out of
During a call with the audio on the the phone's operating the invehicle Bluetooth system, it
cell phone, press b / g. The audio instructions. will be retained indefinitely. This
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio includes all saved name tags in the
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency phone book and phone pairing
does not transfer to the vehicle,
(DTMF) Tones information. For information on how
use the audio transfer feature on the
cell phone. See your cell phone The Bluetooth system can send to delete this information, see the
manufacturer's user guide for more numbers and the numbers stored as previous section Deleting a Paired
information. name tags during a call. You can Phone and the previous sections
use this feature when calling a on deleting name tags.
Voice Pass-Thru menudriven phone system.
Voice passthru allows access to the Account numbers can also be
voice recognition commands on the stored for use.
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
2 NOTES
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control F. Driver and Passenger Heated

Seats (If Equipped)
Systems G. Rear Window Defogger
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrosting, and H. Defog
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 ventilation for the vehicle can be
Automatic Climate Control controlled with these systems. I. Defrost
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Vehicles With Air Conditioning
Vehicles Without Air Conditioning
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
A. Temperature Control A. Temperature Control

B. Bi-level Air Mode B. Bi-level Air Mode
C. Floor Air Mode C. Floor Air Mode
D. Vent Air Mode D. Vent Air Mode
E. Fan Control E. Fan Control
8-2 Climate Controls
F. Driver and Passenger Heated 7 (Floor): Air is directed to the h (Recirculation, If Equipped):
Seats (If Equipped) floor outlets. Press to turn on the recirculation.
G. Rear Window Defogger W (Defog): Clears the windows of An indicator light comes on. Air is
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the recirculated inside the vehicle.
H. Recirculation It helps to quickly cool the air inside
windshield and floor outlets.
I. Defog the vehicle or prevent outside air
0 (Defrost): Clears the and odors from entering.
J. Air Conditioning windshield of fog or frost more
K. Defrost quickly. Air is directed to the Rear Window Defogger
windshield and side window outlets.
9 (Fan Control): Turn to increase 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to turn
or decrease the fan speed. For best results, clear all snow and the rear window defogger on or off.
ice from the windshield before The rear window defogger turns off
Temperature Control: Turn to defrosting. after about 10 minutes. It can also
increase or decrease the be turned off by turning the ignition
temperature. Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear. to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
Air Delivery Mode Control: To OFF. If turned on again it runs for
change the current mode, press Air Conditioning about five minutes before
one of the following: turning off.
# (Air Conditioning, If
F (Vent): Air is directed to the Equipped): Press to turn the Do not drive the vehicle until all the
instrument panel outlets. air conditioning on or off. If the windows are clear.
fan is turned off or the outside
* (Bi-level): Air is directed to the
temperature falls below freezing,
instrument panel outlets and the
the air conditioning compressor
floor outlets.
will not work.
Notice: Do not use a razor blade Automatic Climate E. Fan Control

or sharp object to clear the inside
rear window. Do not adhere
Control System F. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
anything to the defogger grid The heating, cooling, and ventilation
lines in the rear glass. These for the vehicle can be controlled G. Power
actions may damage the rear with this system. H. Recirculation
defogger. Repairs would not be
covered by your warranty. I. MODE (Air Delivery Mode)
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press J. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
to turn the heated seats on or off. K. Air Conditioning
page 37 Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When the indicator light is on, the
A. Temperature Control system is in full automatic operation.
If the air delivery mode or fan
B. Rear Window Defogger setting is manually adjusted, the
C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) auto indicator turns off and displays
will show the selected settings.
D. Defrost
To place the system in automatic MODE (Air Delivery Mode): Press 0 (Defrost): Clears the
mode do the following: to change the direction of the windshield of fog or frost more
1. Press AUTO. airflow. The current mode appears quickly. Air is directed to the
in the display screen. Automatic windshield.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the operation is cancelled and manual
system time to stabilize. Then mode is initiated. Press AUTO to # (Air Conditioning): Press to
adjust the temperature as return to automatic operation. turn the automatic air conditioning
needed for best comfort. on or off. If the fan is turned off or
To change the current mode, select the outside temperature falls below
English units can be changed to one of the following: freezing, the air conditioning
metric units through the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See Y (Vent): Air is directed to the compressor will not run.
Vehicle Personalization on instrument panel outlets. Press AUTO to return to automatic
page 533. \ (Bi-level): Air is divided operation and the air conditioner
between the instrument panel runs as needed. When the indicator
Manual Operation outlets and the floor outlets. light is on, the air conditioner runs
O (Power): Press to turn the C (TriLevel): Air is divided
automatically to cool the air inside
climate control system on or off. the vehicle or to dry the air needed
between the windshield, to defog the windshield faster.
Fan Control: Turn the knob instrument panel, and floor outlets.
clockwise or counterclockwise to h (Recirculation): Press to turn
increase or decrease the fan speed.
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the on recirculation. An indicator light
floor outlets. comes on. Air is recirculated to
The selected fan speed is indicated
by a number on the display screen. - (Defog): Clears the windows of quickly cool the inside of the vehicle
Press AUTO to return to automatic fog or moisture. Air is directed to the or prevent outside air and odors
operation. windshield and floor outlets. from entering.
Automatic Air Recirculation: Auto Defog: The climate control The rear window defogger
When the AUTO indicator light system may have a sensor to turns off automatically after about
is on, the air is automatically automatically detect high humidity 10 minutes. If turned on again it
recirculated as needed to help inside the vehicle. When high runs for about five minutes before
quickly cool the inside of the humidity is detected, the climate turning off.
vehicle. control system may adjust to The rear window defogger can be
AQS (Air Quality Sensor): For outside air supply and turn on the set to automatic operation, see
vehicles with an air quality sensor, air conditioner. If the climate control Climate and Air Quality under
the climate control system adjusts system does not detect possible Vehicle Personalization on
to limit some exhaust fumes from window fogging, it returns to normal page 533. When auto rear defog is
being pulled inside your vehicle. operation. To turn Auto Defog off or selected, the rear window defogger
on, see Climate and Air Quality turns on automatically when the
Press the AQS button on the under Vehicle Personalization on
climate control to activate the air interior temperature is cold and the
page 533. outside temperature is about 40F
quality sensor. The air quality
sensor will not maintain recirculation Rear Window Defogger and below. The auto rear defogger
for an extended period to prevent turns off automatically after about
= (Rear Window Defogger): 10 minutes. At higher speeds, the
the air inside the vehicle from Press to turn the rear window
becoming too dry or stuffy. To adjust rear window defogger may stay on
defogger on or off. continuously.
the sensitivity of the Air Quality
Control, see Climate and Air Quality
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 533.
For vehicles with heated outside The system will default to a heating Air Vents
rearview mirrors, they turn on when or cooling mode depending on the
the rear window defogger button is outside temperature and then go Adjustable air vents are in the
on and help to clear fog or frost from back to the previous settings. See center and on the side of the
the surface of the mirrors. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 25. instrument panel.
Heated Mirrors on page 213. The rear window defogger turns on
Notice: Do not try to clear frost if it is cold outside.
or other material from the inside
of the front windshield and rear Sensors
window with a razor blade or The solar sensor, located on top of
anything else that is sharp. This the instrument panel near the
may damage the rear window windshield, monitors the solar heat.
defogger grid and affect your
The climate control system
radio's ability to pick up stations
uses the sensor information to
clearly. The repairs wouldn't be
adjust the temperature, fan speed,
covered by your warranty.
recirculation, and air delivery mode
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press for best comfort.
to turn the heated seats on or off.
If the sensor is covered, the Move the slats (A) to change the
automatic climate control system direction of the airflow.
page 37.
may not work properly.
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation: For vehicles with the
remote vehicle start feature, the
climate control system may run
when the vehicle is started remotely.
Operation Tips Maintenance

. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the Passenger Compartment
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
Air Filter
vehicle. The filter removes dust, pollen, and
Use the thumbwheels (B) near the . Keep the path under the front other airborne irritants from outside
air vents to open or close off the seats clear of objects to help air that is pulled into the vehicle.
airflow. circulate the air inside of the See Scheduled Maintenance on
vehicle more effectively. page 112
Additional air vents are located
beneath the windshield, driver and . Use of nonGM approved hood See your dealer regarding
passenger side door windows, and deflectors can adversely affect replacement of the filter.
in the footwells. These are fixed and the performance of the system.
cannot be adjusted. Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
2 NOTES
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Object Detection Systems
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-37
Operating Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Engine Exhaust Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Gasoline Specifications (U.S.
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Running the Vehicle While and Canada Only) . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 California Fuel
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-40
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-25 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Filling a Portable Fuel
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-28 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8 Brakes Towing
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Antilock Brake General Towing
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Driving Characteristics and
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Starting and Operating Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-16 Ride Control Systems Economy Model) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Traction Control Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 StabiliTrak System . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Cruise Control Conversions and Add-Ons
Shifting Into Park (Automatic Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Add-On Electrical
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
9-2 Driving and Operating
Driving Information WARNING (Continued)

Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
Defensive Driving Driver distraction can cause
collisions resulting in injury or Alcohol affects four things that
Defensive driving means always anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
expect the unexpected. The first possible death. These simple
defensive driving techniques judgment, muscular coordination,
step in driving defensively is to wear vision, and attentiveness.
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life.
page 310. Police records show that
almost 40 percent of all motor
Drunk Driving vehicle-related deaths involve
{ WARNING alcohol. In most cases, these
Assume that other road users { WARNING deaths are the result of someone
who was drinking and driving.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Drinking and then driving is In recent years, more than
drivers) are going to be careless very dangerous. Your reflexes, 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related
and make mistakes. Anticipate perceptions, attentiveness, and deaths have been associated with
what they might do and be ready. judgment can be affected by even the use of alcohol, with about
In addition: a small amount of alcohol. You 250,000 people injured.
. Allow enough following can have a serious or even For persons under 21, it is against
distance between you and fatal collision if you drive after the law in every U.S. state to drink
the driver in front of you. drinking. alcohol. There are good medical,
. Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with psychological, and developmental
(Continued) a driver who has been drinking. reasons for these laws.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are The obvious way to eliminate the
with a group, designate a driver leading highway safety problem is
who will not drink. for people never to drink alcohol
and then drive.
Medical research shows that Braking And, of course, actual stopping

alcohol in a person's system can distances vary greatly with the
make crash injuries worse, See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is
especially injuries to the brain, page 516. pavement or gravel; the condition
spinal cord, or heart. This means Braking action involves perception of the road, whether it is wet, dry,
that when anyone who has been time and reaction time. Deciding or icy; tire tread; the condition of the
drinking driver or passenger is to push the brake pedal is brakes; the weight of the vehicle;
in a crash, that person's chance of perception time. Actually doing and the amount of brake force
being killed or permanently disabled it is reaction time. applied.
is higher than if the person had not Avoid needless heavy
been drinking. Average reaction time is about
threefourths of a second. But that braking. Some people drive in
is only an average. It might be less spurts heavy acceleration
Control of a Vehicle with one driver and as long as two followed by heavy braking rather
The following three systems or three seconds or more with than keeping pace with traffic. This
help to control the vehicle while another. Age, physical condition, is a mistake. The brakes might not
driving brakes, steering, and alertness, coordination, and have time to cool between hard
accelerator. At times, as when eyesight all play a part. So do stops. The brakes will wear out
driving on snow or ice, it is easy to alcohol, drugs, and frustration. much faster with a lot of heavy
ask more of those control systems But even in threefourths of a braking. Keeping pace with the
than the tires and road can provide. second, a vehicle moving at traffic and allowing realistic
Meaning, you can lose control of the 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m following distances eliminates a
vehicle. (66 ft). That could be a lot of lot of unnecessary braking. That
distance in an emergency, so means better braking and longer
Adding nondealer accessories can brake life.
keeping enough space between
affect vehicle performance. See
the vehicle and others is important.
Accessories and Modifications on
page 103.
If the engine ever stops while the If you turn the steering wheel in If there is a need to reduce speed,
vehicle is being driven, brake either direction several times until do it before entering the curve, while
normally but do not pump the it stops, or hold the steering wheel the front wheels are straight.
brakes. If the brakes are pumped, in the stopped position for an Try to adjust the speed so you can
the pedal could get harder to push extended amount of time, you may drive through the curve. Maintain a
down. If the engine stops, there will notice a reduced amount of power reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
still be some power brake assist but steering assist. The normal amount accelerate until out of the curve, and
it will be used when the brake is of power steering assist should then accelerate gently into the
applied. Once the power assist is return shortly after a few normal straightaway.
used up, it can take longer to stop steering movements.
and the brake pedal will be harder The electric power steering Steering in Emergencies
to push. system does not require regular There are times when steering can
Adding nondealer accessories can maintenance. If you suspect be more effective than braking. For
affect vehicle performance. See steering system problems, such example, you come over a hill and
Accessories and Modifications on as abnormally high steering effort find a truck stopped in your lane,
page 103. for a prolonged period of time, or a car suddenly pulls out from
contact your dealer for service nowhere, or a child darts out from
Steering repairs. between parked cars and stops right
in front of you. These problems can
If the engine stalls while driving, the Steering Tips be avoided by braking if you can
power steering assist system will
It is important to take curves at a stop in time. But sometimes you
continue to operate until you are
reasonable speed. cannot stop in time because there
able to stop the vehicle. If power
Traction in a curve depends on the is no room. That is the time for
steering assist is lost because the evasive action steering around
electric power steering system is condition of the tires and the road
surface, the angle at which the the problem.
not functioning, the vehicle can be
steered but it will take more effort. curve is banked, and vehicle speed.
While in a curve, speed is the one
factor that can be controlled.
The vehicle can perform very well recommended 9 and 3 o'clock

in emergencies like these. First positions, it can be turned a full
apply the brakes. See Braking on 180 degrees very quickly without
page 93. It is better to remove removing either hand. But you have
as much speed as possible from to act fast, steer quickly, and just as
a collision. Then steer around quickly straighten the wheel once
the problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object.
depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency
situations are always possible is a
good reason to practice defensive
driving at all times and wear safety
belts properly.
If the level of the shoulder is only
Off-Road Recovery slightly below the pavement,
recovery should be fairly easy. Ease
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the accelerator and then, if there
off the edge of a road onto the
is nothing in the way, steer so that
shoulder while driving.
the vehicle straddles the edge of
the pavement. Turn the steering
wheel 8 to 13 cm (3 to 5 in), about
one-eighth turn, until the right front
An emergency like this requires tire contacts the pavement edge.
close attention and a quick decision. Then turn the steering wheel to
If holding the steering wheel at the go straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control The three types of skids correspond While driving on a surface with
to the vehicle's three control reduced traction, try to avoid
Let us review what driving experts systems. In the braking skid, the sudden steering, acceleration,
say about what happens when the wheels are not rolling. In the or braking, including reducing
three control systems brakes, steering or cornering skid, too much vehicle speed by shifting to a lower
steering, and acceleration do not speed or steering in a curve causes gear. Any sudden changes could
have enough friction where the tires tires to slip and lose cornering force. cause the tires to slide. You might
meet the road to do what the driver And in the acceleration skid, too not realize the surface is slippery
has asked. much throttle causes the driving until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to
In any emergency, do not give up. wheels to spin. recognize warning clues such as
Keep trying to steer and constantly If the vehicle starts to slide, ease enough water, ice, or packed snow
seek an escape route or area of your foot off the accelerator pedal on the road to make a mirrored
less danger. and quickly steer the way you surface and slow down when
want the vehicle to go. If you start you have any doubt.
Skidding
steering quickly enough, the vehicle Remember: Antilock brakes help
In a skid, a driver can lose control of may straighten out. Always be ready avoid only the braking skid.
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid for a second skid if it occurs.
most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, Of course, traction is reduced when
and by not overdriving those water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
conditions. But skids are always material is on the road. For safety,
possible. slow down and adjust your driving
to these conditions. It is important
to slow down on slippery surfaces
because stopping distance is longer
and vehicle control more limited.
Driving on Wet Roads WARNING (Continued)

There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
Rain and wet roads can reduce slow down when the road is wet.
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate. Flowing or rushing water creates Other Rainy Weather Tips
Always drive slower in these types strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the Besides slowing down, other wet
of driving conditions and avoid weather driving tips include:
driving through large puddles and vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle . Allow extra following distance.
deepstanding or flowing water.
occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution.
{ WARNING ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to
. Keep windshield wiping
drive through flowing water. equipment in good shape.
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a . Keep the windshield washer fluid
quick stop and could cause reservoir filled.
Hydroplaning
pulling to one side. You could . Have good tires with proper
lose control of the vehicle. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
tread depth. See Tires on
can build up under the vehicle's
After driving through a large page 1040.
tires so they actually ride on the
puddle of water or a car/vehicle water. This can happen if the road . Turn off cruise control.
wash, lightly apply the brake is wet enough and you are going
pedal until the brakes work fast enough. When the vehicle is
normally. hydroplaning, it has little or no
(Continued) contact with the road.
Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads

{ WARNING
Always be alert and pay attention to Driving on steep hills or through
your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving If you do not shift down, the
If you become tired or sleepy, find on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for brakes could get so hot that they
a safe place to park the vehicle driving in these conditions include: would not work well. You would
and rest. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in then have poor braking or even
Other driving tips include: good shape. none going down a hill. You could
crash. Shift down to let the engine
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, assist the brakes on a steep
. Keep interior temperature cool. tires, cooling system, and downhill slope.
transmission.
. Keep your eyes moving scan .
the road ahead and to the sides. Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
. Check the rearview mirror and { WARNING
vehicle instruments often.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. The brakes will have
to do all the work of slowing down
and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You
would then have poor braking or
even none going down a hill.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Winter Driving Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive
Driving on Snow or Ice wheels will spin and polish the
You could crash. Always have the surface under the tires even more.
Drive carefully when there is snow
engine running and the vehicle or ice between the tires and the The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
in gear when going downhill. road, creating less traction or grip. on page 930 improves vehicle
Wet ice can occur at about 0C stability during hard stops on
. Stay in your own lane. Do not (32F) when freezing rain begins to slippery roads, but apply the brakes
swing wide or cut across the fall, resulting in even less traction. sooner than when on dry pavement.
center of the road. Drive at Avoid driving on wet ice or in Allow greater following distance on
speeds that let you stay in your freezing rain until roads can be
any slippery road and watch for
own lane. treated with salt or sand.
slippery spots. Icy patches can
. Top of hills: Be alert Drive with caution, whatever the occur on otherwise clear roads in
something could be in your condition. Accelerate gently so shaded areas. The surface of a
lane (stalled car, accident). traction is not lost. Accelerating too curve or an overpass can remain
quickly causes the wheels to spin icy when the surrounding roads
. Pay attention to special road
and makes the surface under the are clear. Avoid sudden steering
signs (falling rocks area, winding
tires slick, so there is even less maneuvers and braking while
roads, long grades, passing or
traction. on ice.
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action. Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Blizzard Conditions
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about
vehicle unless there is help nearby. carbon monoxide, see Engine
. Clear away snow from around
If possible, use the Roadside Exhaust on page 923.
the base of your vehicle,
Assistance Program on page 136.
especially any that is blocking Snow can trap exhaust gases
To get help and keep everyone in
the exhaust pipe. under your vehicle. This can
the vehicle safe:
. Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon
. Turn on the hazard warning Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO
time to be sure snow does
flashers. could overcome you and kill you.
not collect there.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside You cannot see it or smell it, so
. Open a window about 5 cm
mirror. you might not know it is in your
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from
{ WARNING wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking the
Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust.
under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument
cause exhaust gases to get panel.
Run the engine for short periods
inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control only as needed to keep warm, but
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that be careful.
cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the
cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed
death. to the highest setting. See
(Continued) Climate Control System in the
Index.
(Continued)
To save fuel, run the engine for only as little as possible. To prevent
short periods as needed to warm { WARNING transmission wear, wait until the
the vehicle and then shut the engine wheels stop spinning before shifting
off and close the window most of If the vehicle's tires spin at high gears. Release the accelerator
the way to save heat. Repeat this speed, they can explode, and you pedal while shifting, and press
until help arrives but only when you or others could be injured. The lightly on the accelerator pedal
feel really uncomfortable from the vehicle can overheat, causing an when the transmission is in gear.
cold. Moving about to keep warm engine compartment fire or other Slowly spinning the wheels in the
also helps. damage. Spin the wheels as little forward and reverse directions
as possible and avoid going causes a rocking motion that could
If it takes some time for help to
above 55 km/h (35 mph). free the vehicle. If that does not get
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator the vehicle out after a few tries, it
pedal slightly so the engine runs might need to be towed out. If the
For information about using tire
faster than the idle speed. This vehicle does need to be towed out,
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
keeps the battery charged to restart see Towing the Vehicle on
Chains on page 1060.
the vehicle and to signal for help page 1081.
with the headlamps. Do this as Rocking the Vehicle to Get
little as possible to save fuel. it Out Vehicle Load Limits
Turn the steering wheel left and It is very important to know how
If the Vehicle Is Stuck right to clear the area around the much weight the vehicle can
Slowly and cautiously spin the front wheels. Turn off any traction carry. This weight is called the
wheels to free the vehicle when system. Shift back and forth vehicle capacity weight and
between R (Reverse) and a forward
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. includes the weight of all
gear, or with a manual transmission,
If stuck too severely for the traction between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and occupants, cargo and all
system to free the vehicle, turn the R (Reverse), spinning the wheels nonfactoryinstalled options.
traction system off and use the
rocking method.
Two labels on the vehicle Tire and Loading Information number of occupant seating
show how much weight it may Label positions (A), and the maximum
properly carry, the Tire and vehicle capacity weight (B) in
Loading Information label and kilograms and pounds.
the Certification label. The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows
{ WARNING the tire size of the original
Do not load the vehicle any equipment tires (C) and the
heavier than the Gross recommended cold tire inflation
Vehicle Weight Rating pressures (D). For more
(GVWR), or either the information on tires and inflation
maximum front or rear Gross see Tires on page 1040 and
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Tire Pressure on page 1047.
This can cause systems to Label Example There is also important loading
break and change the way the A vehicle-specific Tire and information on the Certification
vehicle handles. This could Loading Information label is label. It tells you the Gross
cause loss of control and a attached to the vehicle center Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
crash. Overloading can also pillar (B-pillar). With the driver and the Gross Axle Weight
shorten the life of the vehicle. door open, you will find the label Rating (GAWR) for the front
attached below the door lock and rear axle; see Certification
post. The Tire and Loading Label later in this section.
Information label shows the
Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo important information on towing
Load Limit and luggage load capacity a trailer, towing safety rules, and
1. Locate the statement is 650 lbs (1400 750 trailering tips.
The combined weight of (5 x 150) = 650 lbs).
occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined
never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo
XXX lbs on your vehicle's being loaded on the vehicle.
placard. That weight may not safely
2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo
weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity
passengers that will be calculated in Step 4.
riding in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing
3. Subtract the combined a trailer, the load from your
weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this Example 1
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs. manual to determine how this A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
reduces the available cargo Example 1 = 453 kg
4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity of (1,000 lbs).
the available amount of cargo your vehicle.
and luggage load capacity. B. Subtract Occupant Weight
For example, if the XXX See Trailer Towing (Except Fuel @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 2 =
amount equals 1400 lbs and Economy Model) on page 948 136 kg (300 lbs).
there will be five 150 lb or Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy
C. Available Occupant and
passengers in your vehicle, Model) on page 949 for
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
seating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) 5 = Label Example
340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification
C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = label, found on the vehicle
113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar), tells you
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the gross weight capacity of the
Loading Information label for vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle
specific information about the Weight Rating (GVWR). The
vehicle's capacity weight and GVWR includes the weight of
the vehicle, all occupants, fuel,
and cargo. Never exceed the If you put things inside the
GVWR for the vehicle, or the vehicle like suitcases, WARNING (Continued)
Gross Axle Weight Rating tools, packages, or anything . Never stack heavier
(GAWR) for either the front or else they will go as fast as things, like suitcases,
rear axle. the vehicle goes. If you have to inside the vehicle so that
And, if you do have a heavy stop or turn quickly, or if there is some of them are above
load, you should spread it out. a crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats.
See Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit earlier in this { WARNING . Do not leave an
unsecured child
section. Things inside the vehicle can restraint in the vehicle.
strike and injure people in a
{ WARNING sudden stop or turn, or in a
. Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
Do not load the vehicle any crash.
. Do not leave a seat folded
heavier than the Gross . Put things in the cargo down unless needed.
Vehicle Weight Rating area of the vehicle. In the
(GVWR), or either the cargo area, put them as
maximum front or rear Gross far forward as possible.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Try to spread the weight
This can cause systems to evenly.
break and change the way the (Continued)
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Starting and Following breakin, engine speed

and load can be gradually
and turn it only with your hand.
If the key cannot be turned by
Operating increased. hand, see your dealer.
The key must be fully extended to
New Vehicle Break-In Ignition Positions start the vehicle.
Notice: The vehicle does not To shift out of P (Park), turn the
need an elaborate break-in. But it ignition to ON/RUN and apply the
will perform better in the long run brake pedal.
if you follow these guidelines:
A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/
. Do not drive at any one LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is
constant speed, fast or stopped, turn the ignition switch to
slow, for the first 805 km LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.
(500 miles). Do not make Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
full-throttle starts. Avoid will remain active. See Retained
downshifting to brake or Accessory Power (RAP) on
slow the vehicle. page 920.
. Avoid making hard stops for This is the only position from which
the first 322 km (200 miles) or The ignition switch has four different the key can be removed. This locks
so. During this time the new positions. the steering wheel, ignition and
brake linings are not yet automatic transmission.
broken in. Hard stops with Notice: Using a tool to force the
new linings can mean key to turn in the ignition could Do not turn the engine off when the
premature wear and earlier cause damage to the switch or vehicle is moving. This will cause a
replacement. Follow this break the key. Use the correct loss of power assist in the brake
breaking-in guideline every key, make sure it is all the way in, and steering systems and disable
time you get new brake the airbags.
linings.
In an emergency, if the vehicle must To move the key from ACC/

be shut off while driving: { WARNING ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF,
1. Brake using a firm and steady push in the key and then turn
Turning off the vehicle while it to LOCK/OFF.
pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power
brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch
deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. stays in this position when the
increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the engine is running. This position can
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This vehicle off in an emergency. be used to operate the electrical
can be done while the vehicle is accessories, including the
moving. After shifting to neutral, ventilation fan and 12 volt power
5. If the vehicle must be shut off outlet, as well as to display some
continue to firmly apply the
while driving, turn the ignition to warning and indicator lights. The
brakes and steer the vehicle
ACC/ACCESSORY. transmission is also unlocked in this
to a safe location.
The ignition switch can bind in the position on automatic transmission
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift vehicles.
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels
to P (Park) with an automatic
turned off center. If this happens, The battery could be drained if the
transmission, or neutral with a
move the steering wheel from right key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
manual transmission. Turn the
to left while turning the key to ACC/ or ON/RUN position with the engine
ignition to LOCK/OFF.
ACCESSORY. If this does not work, off. The vehicle might not start if the
4. Set the parking brake. See then the vehicle needs service. battery is allowed to drain for an
Parking Brake on page 931. extended period of time.
B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This
position provides power to some of D (START): This position starts the
the electrical accessories. It unlocks engine. When the engine starts,
the steering wheel and ignition. release the key. The ignition switch
will return to ON/RUN for normal
driving.
A warning tone sounds when the Manual Transmission The vehicle has a
driver door is opened if the ignition The shift lever should be in Computer-Controlled Cranking
is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and N (Neutral) and the parking brake System. This feature assists in
the key is in the ignition. engaged. Hold the clutch pedal starting the engine and protects
down to the floor and start the components. If the ignition key is
Starting the Engine engine. The vehicle will not start turned to the START position,
if the clutch pedal is not all the and then released when the
Place the transmission in the engine begins cranking, the
proper gear. way down.
engine will continue cranking
Automatic Transmission Starting Procedure for a few seconds or until the
1. With your foot off the accelerator vehicle starts. If the engine does
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or not start and the key is held in
N (Neutral). The engine will not start pedal, turn the ignition key to
START. When the engine starts, START for many seconds,
in any other position. To restart the cranking stops after 15 seconds
vehicle when it is already moving, let go of the key. The idle speed
will go down as the engine to prevent cranking motor
use N (Neutral) only. damage. To prevent gear
warms. Do not race the engine
Notice: Do not try to shift to immediately after starting it. damage, this system also
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. Allow the oil to warm up and prevents cranking if the engine
If you do, you could damage the lubricate all moving parts. is already running. Engine
transmission. Shift to P (Park) cranking can be stopped by
only when the vehicle is stopped. turning the ignition switch to
ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF.
Notice: Cranking the engine for gasoline from the engine. Do not the vehicle. An internal thermostat
long periods of time, by returning race the engine immediately in the plug-end of the cord will
the key to the START position after starting it. Operate the prevent engine heater operation at
immediately after cranking has engine and transmission gently temperatures above 18C (0F).
ended, can overheat and damage until the oil warms up and
the cranking motor, and drain the lubricates all moving parts. To Use The Engine Heater
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Notice: The engine is designed 1. Turn off the engine.
between each try, to let the to work with the electronics in
cranking motor cool down. the vehicle. If you add electrical
2. If the engine does not start parts or accessories, you could
after 510 seconds, especially change the way the engine
in very cold weather (below 0F operates. Before adding electrical
or 18C), it could be flooded equipment, check with your
with too much gasoline. Push dealer. If you do not, the engine
the accelerator pedal all the way might not perform properly. Any
to the floor and holding it there resulting damage would not be
as you hold the key in START covered by the vehicle warranty.
for a maximum of 15 seconds.
Wait at least 15 seconds Engine Heater
between each try, to allow 1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Similar
the cranking motor to cool. The engine heater, if available, can
When the engine starts, let help in cold weather conditions at or 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
go of the key and accelerator. below 18C (0F) for easier starting electrical cord. The electrical
If the vehicle starts briefly but and better fuel economy during cord is located on the passenger
then stops again, repeat the engine warm-up. Plug in the heater side of the engine compartment,
procedure. This clears the extra at least four hours before starting behind the air cleaner.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded The length of time the heater should Shifting Into Park
110-volt AC outlet. remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
(Automatic Transmission)
{ WARNING area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this. { WARNING
Plugging the cord into an
ungrounded outlet could cause an Retained Accessory It can be dangerous to get out of
electrical shock. Also, the wrong the vehicle if the shift lever is not
Power (RAP) fully in P (Park) with the parking
kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You These vehicle accessories may be brake firmly set. The vehicle can
could be seriously injured. Plug used for up to 10 minutes after the roll. If you have left the engine
the cord into a properly grounded engine is turned off: running, the vehicle can move
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. . Audio System suddenly. You or others could be
If the cord will not reach, use a injured. To be sure the vehicle will
. Power Windows
heavy-duty three-prong extension not move, even when you are on
cord rated for at least 15 amps.
. Sunroof fairly level ground, use the steps
The power windows and sunroof that follow. If you are pulling a
will continue to work for up to trailer, see Driving Characteristics
4. Before starting the engine, be and Towing Tips on page 944.
sure to unplug and store the 10 minutes or until any door is
cord as it was before to keep it opened. The radio will work when
away from moving engine parts. the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ Use this procedure to shift into
If you do not it could be ACCESSORY. Once the key is P (Park):
damaged. turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
the radio will continue to work for 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
10 minutes, or until the driver door is set the parking brake.
opened or the key is removed from See Parking Brake on page 931
the ignition. for more information.
2. Hold the button on the shift lever If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park
and push the lever toward the the engine running, the vehicle must
front of the vehicle into P (Park). be in P (Park) and the parking This vehicle is equipped with
brake set. an electronic shift lock release
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. system. The shift lock release is
4. Remove the key. Release the button and check that designed to:
the shift lever cannot be moved out
Leaving the Vehicle With the of P (Park).
. Prevent ignition key removal
Engine Running unless the shift lever is in
Torque Lock P (Park) with the shift lever
button fully released.
{ WARNING Torque lock is when the weight
of the vehicle puts too much . Prevent movement of the shift
It can be dangerous to leave the force on the parking pawl in the lever out of P (Park) unless the
vehicle with the engine running. transmission. This happens when ignition is in ON/RUN and the
The vehicle could move suddenly parking on a hill and shifting the brake pedal is applied.
if the shift lever is not fully in transmission into P (Park) is not
The shift lock release is always
P (Park) with the parking brake done properly and then it is difficult
functional except in the case of an
firmly set. And, if you leave the to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
uncharged or low voltage (less than
torque lock, set the parking brake
vehicle with the engine running, it 9 volt) battery.
and then shift into P (Park). To find
could overheat and even catch out how, see Shifting Into Park If the vehicle has an uncharged
fire. You or others could be listed previously. battery or a battery with low voltage,
injured. Do not leave the vehicle try charging or jump starting the
with the engine running. If torque lock does occur, the
battery. See Jump Starting on
vehicle may need to be pushed
page 1078
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
To shift out of P (Park): lever can be moved from the

1. Apply the brake pedal. P (Park) position. If the battery has
lost power, the shift lever cannot
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. be moved from P (Park) unless
3. Press the shift lever button. the shift lock manual release is
disengaged manually.
4. Move the shift lever to the
desired position. To access the shift lock manual
release:
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the park brake.
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button 3. Insert a tool into the opening as
again. far as it will go and move the
shift lever out of P (Park).
3. Move the shift lever to the If P (Park) is selected again,
desired position. the shift lever will be locked
If the shift lever still cannot be again. Have the cause of the
moved from P (Park), see Shift problem fixed by your dealer.
Lock Manual Release. 4. Close the cover.
Shift Lock Manual Release
The automatic transmission has an
2. Open the cover to the right of
electric park lock. The key must be
the shift lever.
in the ON/RUN position, and the
brake pedal pressed so the shift
Parking Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, before getting out of { WARNING . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or after market
parking brake. Once the shift lever monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
has been placed into R (Reverse) seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
with the clutch pedal pressed in, can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
remove the key and release the coming into the vehicle:
clutch. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle completely down.
is pulling a trailer, see Driving with poor ventilation (parking
Characteristics and Towing Tips on garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
page 944. that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
Parking over Things . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different.
That Burn area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
{ WARNING due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
Things that can burn could touch has been modified, damaged
hot exhaust parts under the or improperly repaired.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park (Continued)
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Running the Vehicle Follow the proper steps to be

While Parked
{ WARNING sure the vehicle will not move.
If the vehicle has an automatic
It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out transmission, see Shifting Into
engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic Park (Automatic Transmission) on
to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully page 920. If the vehicle has a
in P (Park) with the parking brake manual transmission, see Parking
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do
{ WARNING not leave the vehicle when the
on page 923.
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you
is pulling a trailer, see Driving
area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can page 944.
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the
which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when
It can cause unconsciousness it is on fairly level ground, always
and even death. Never run the set the parking brake and move
engine in an enclosed area that the automatic transmission shift
has no fresh air ventilation. For lever to P (Park), or the manual
more information, see Engine transmission shift lever to Neutral.
Exhaust on page 923.
Automatic WARNING (Continued)

Transmission Do not leave the vehicle when
The automatic transmission has a the engine is running unless
shift lever located on the console you have to. If you have left the
between the seats. engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on level ground, always
set the parking brake and move
English Shown, Metric Similar the shift lever to P (Park). See
Shifting Into Park (Automatic
P (Park): This position locks the Transmission) on page 920.
drive wheels. It is the best position
to use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move Make sure the shift lever is fully
easily. in P (Park) before starting the
engine. The vehicle has an
The selected gear is also shown in { WARNING automatic transmission shift lock
control system. The regular brake
the instrument cluster.
It is dangerous to get out of the must be fully applied first and
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully then the shift lever button pressed
in P (Park) with the parking brake before shifting from P (Park) when
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the ignition key is in ON/RUN.
(Continued)
If you cannot shift out of P (Park), N (Neutral) only. Also, use Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)
ease pressure on the shift lever, N (Neutral) when the vehicle is or N (Neutral) with the engine
then push the shift lever all the way being towed. running at high speed may
into P (Park) as you maintain brake The vehicle has an automatic damage the transmission. The
application. Then press the shift neutral shift feature which allows repairs would not be covered by
lever button and move the shift lever the transmission to automatically the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
into another gear. See Shifting out shift to N (Neutral) when the vehicle engine is not running at high
of Park on page 921. is stopped with a forward gear speed when shifting the vehicle.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to engaged. The reduced load on D (Drive): This position is for
back up. the engine improves vehicle fuel normal driving. It provides the
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) economy. best fuel economy. If more power
while the vehicle is moving is needed for passing, and the
forward could damage the { WARNING vehicle is:
transmission. The repairs would . Going less than 56 km/h
not be covered by the vehicle Shifting into a drive gear while the (35 mph), push the accelerator
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only engine is running at high speed is pedal about halfway down.
after the vehicle is stopped. dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
To rock the vehicle back and forth to vehicle could move very rapidly. more, push the accelerator all
get out of snow, ice or sand without the way down.
You could lose control and hit
damaging the transmission, see If
people or objects. Do not shift
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 911.
into a drive gear while the engine
N (Neutral): In this position, the is running at high speed.
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart the engine when
the vehicle is already moving, use
Notice: If the vehicle seems to Driver Shift Control (DSC)

accelerate slowly or not shift allows you to shift an automatic
gears when you go faster, and transmission similar to a manual
you continue to drive the vehicle transmission. To use the DSC
that way, you could damage the feature:
transmission. Have the vehicle
serviced right away.
Manual Mode
Notice: If you drive the vehicle at
a high rpm without upshifting English Shown, Metric Similar
while using Driver Shift Control
2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
(DSC), you could damage the
to upshift or rearward () to
vehicle. Always upshift when
downshift. An M and the current
necessary while using DSC.
gear will be displayed in the DIC.
1. Move the shift lever from While using the DSC feature, the
D (Drive) to the left into vehicle will have firmer, quicker
the (+) or () manual position. shifting. You can use this for sport
driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to down shift for more
power or engine braking.
The transmission will only allow Manual Transmission Notice: Do not rest your foot on
you to shift into gears appropriate the clutch pedal while driving or
for the vehicle speed and engine Shift Pattern while stopped. The pressure can
revolutions per minute (rpm). The cause premature wear in the
transmission will not automatically clutch. The repairs would not be
shift to the next lower gear if the covered by the vehicle warranty.
engine rpm is too high, nor to the 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal
next higher gear when the maximum fully to the pedal stop and shift into
engine rpm is reached. 1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
If shifting is prevented for any All Models Fuel Economy clutch pedal as you press the
reason, the currently selected gear Except Fuel Model accelerator pedal.
will flash multiple times, indicating Economy Model
If you come to a complete stop and
that the transmission has not shifted it is hard to shift into 1 (First), put
gears. These are the shift patterns for the
six-speed manual transmissions. the shift lever in Neutral and let up
While in the DSC mode, the on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
transmission will automatically To operate the transmissions: back down. Then shift into 1 (First).
downshift when the vehicle comes Notice: Do not rest your hand on 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
to a stop. This will allow for more the shift lever while driving. The fully to the pedal stop as you let up
power during take-off. pressure could cause premature on the accelerator pedal and shift
When accelerating the vehicle from wear in the transmission. The into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up
a stop in snowy and icy conditions, repairs would not be covered by on the clutch pedal as you press the
you may want to shift into second the vehicle warranty. accelerator pedal.
gear. A higher gear allows the
vehicle to gain more traction on
slippery surfaces.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and To stop, let up on the accelerator the ring on the shift lever, and shift
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), pedal and press the brake pedal. into R (Reverse). Let up on the
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the Just before the vehicle stops, press clutch pedal slowly while pressing
same way you do for 2 (Second). the clutch pedal and the brake the accelerator pedal.
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal pedal, and shift to Neutral. If the gear does not engage, shift
as you press the accelerator pedal. Neutral: Use this position when the transmission to neutral, release
For the best fuel economy, use you start or idle the engine. The the clutch pedal and press it back
6 (Sixth) gear whenever vehicle shift lever is in Neutral when it is down. Repeat the gear selection.
speed and driving conditions allow. centered in the shift pattern, not in
any gear. { WARNING
If you skip a gear when you
downshift, you could lose control
of the vehicle. You could injure
yourself or others. Do not shift
down more than one gear at a
An up-shift light in the instrument time when you downshift.
cluster indicates when to shift to the
next higher gear for the best fuel
economy. Notice: Do not skip gears
while upshifting. This can
During normal driving, upshifts cause premature wear in the
should occur between 1,300 and transmission. The repairs would
2,500 rpm, and downshifts should not be covered by the vehicle
occur between 1,500 and warranty.
1,000 rpm. R (Reverse): To back up, with the
vehicle at a complete stop, press
down the clutch pedal. Then pull up
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and there will not be enough time to
it becomes necessary to slam on apply the brakes if that vehicle
the brakes and continue braking suddenly slows or stops. Always
Antilock Brake to avoid a sudden obstacle, a leave enough room up ahead to
System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels stop, even with ABS.
are slowing down. If one of the
This vehicle has the Antilock Using ABS
wheels is about to stop rolling, the
Brake System (ABS), an advanced
computer will separately work the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
electronic braking system that helps
brakes at each wheel. the brake pedal down firmly and let
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS work. You might hear the ABS
When the engine is started and the pump or motor operating and feel
to each wheel, as required, faster
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
than any driver could. This can help
checks itself. A momentary motor or normal.
the driver steer around the obstacle
clicking noise might be heard while
while braking hard. Braking in Emergencies
this test is going on, and it might
even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the ABS allows the driver to steer and
pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates brake at the same time. In many
on wheel speed and controls emergencies, steering can help
braking pressure accordingly. more than even the very best
Remember: ABS does not change braking.
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 517.
Parking Brake To release the parking brake: Driving with the parking brake
1. Hold the brake pedal down. applied will cause a warning
chime to sound and the RELEASE
2. Pull the parking brake handle up PARKING BRAKE message to
until you can press the release appear in the DIC. The message will
button. remain on until the parking brake is
3. Hold the release button in as released or the vehicle is stopped.
you move the brake handle all If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
the way down. is pulling a trailer, see Driving
Notice: Driving with the parking Characteristics and Towing Tips on
brake on can overheat the brake page 944.
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake system
parts. Make sure that the parking
To apply the parking brake, pull up brake is fully released and the
on the parking brake handle. It is brake warning light is off before
not necessary to push in on the driving.
release button while applying the
parking brake. If the ignition is in the
ON/RUN position, the brake system
warning light will come on. See
Brake System Warning Light on
page 516.
Brake Assist Ride Control Systems

This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver Traction Control
in stopping or decreasing vehicle System (TCS)
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. TCS/StabiliTrak Light
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the d flashes to indicate that the
the power brake system under system operates if it senses that traction control system is active.
conditions where the driver has one or both of the front wheels are
If there is a problem detected
quickly and forcefully applied the spinning or beginning to lose
with TCS, SERVICE TRACTION
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly traction. When this happens, the
CONTROL and SERVICE
stop or slow down the vehicle. The system brakes the spinning
STABILITRAK may be displayed
stability system hydraulic brake wheel(s), and/or reduces engine
on the Driver Information Center
control module increases brake power to limit wheel spin.
(DIC). See Vehicle Messages
pressure at each corner of the The system may be heard or felt (Canada Base Level) on page 526
vehicle until the ABS activates. while it is working, but this is or Vehicle Messages (Canada
Minor brake pedal pulsation or normal. Uplevel and United States) on
pedal movement during this time page 527. When this message is
is normal and the driver should TCS is on whenever the vehicle
is started. To limit wheel spin, displayed and d comes on and
continue to apply the brake pedal
especially in slippery road stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive
as the driving situation dictates.
conditions, the system should but the system is not operational.
The brake assist feature will
always be left on. But, TCS can Driving should be adjusted
automatically disengage when
be turned off if needed. accordingly.
the brake pedal is released or
brake pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
If d comes on and stays on, reset If cruise control is being used when
the system by: TCS activates, cruise control will
automatically disengage. Press the
1. Stopping the vehicle. cruise control button to reengage
2. Turning the engine off and when road conditions allow. See
waiting 15 seconds. Cruise Control on page 935.
TCS Off Light Adding nonGM accessories can
3. Starting the engine.
TCS can be turned off by pressing affect the vehicle's performance.
If d still comes on and stays on at a See Accessories and Modifications
and releasing g. When TCS is
speed above 20 km/h (13 mi/h), see on page 103 for more information.
your dealer for service. turned off, i comes on and the
A chime may also sound when the
system will not limit wheel spin.
Driving should be adjusted
StabiliTrak System
light comes on steady. The vehicle has a vehicle stability
accordingly. Press and release g
Notice: Do not repeatedly brake again to turn the system back on. enhancement system called
or accelerate heavily when TCS is StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
off. The vehicle's driveline could It may be necessary to turn the computer controlled system that
be damaged. system off if the vehicle gets stuck assists with directional control of the
in sand, mud, or snow and rocking vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
the vehicle is required. See If the
Vehicle Is Stuck on page 911 for StabiliTrak activates when the
more information. See also Winter computer senses a difference
Driving on page 99 for information between the intended path, and
on using TCS when driving in snowy the direction the vehicle is actually
or icy conditions. traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
TCS/StabiliTrak Button applies braking pressure at any one
of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
g is located on the console. the vehicle in the intended direction.
StabiliTrak is on automatically Uplevel and United States) on

whenever the vehicle is started. To page 527. When this message is
assist with directional control of the displayed and/or d comes on and
vehicle, the system should always stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive
be left on. but the system is not operational.
Driving should be adjusted
accordingly. StabiliTrak Off TCS Off Light
Light
If d comes on and stays on, reset
the system by: StabiliTrak can be turned off
1. Stopping the vehicle. if needed by pressing and
TCS/StabiliTrak Light holding g until g and i come
2. Turning the engine off and
on the instrument panel. When
When the stability control system waiting 15 seconds.
StabiliTrak is turned off, the
activates, d flashes on the 3. Starting the engine. system will not assist with
instrument panel. This also occurs directional control of the vehicle
when traction control is activated. If d still comes on and stays on at a or limit wheel spin. Driving should
A noise may be heard or vibration speed above 20 km/h (13 mi/h), see be adjusted accordingly. Press
may be felt in the brake pedal. This your dealer for service.
and release g again to turn the
is normal. Continue to steer the
system back on.
vehicle in the intended direction.
If cruise control is being used
If there is a problem detected
when StabiliTrak activates, cruise
with StabiliTrak, SERVICE
control will automatically disengage.
STABILITRAK is displayed on the Press the cruise control button to
Driver Information Center (DIC).
TCS/StabiliTrak Button reengage when road conditions
See Vehicle Messages (Canada
allow. See Cruise Control on
Base Level) on page 526 or g is located on the console. page 935 for more information.
Vehicle Messages (Canada
Cruise Control { WARNING

With cruise control, the vehicle can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous
(25 mph) or more without keeping where you cannot drive safely at
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise a steady speed. So, do not use
control does not work at speeds the cruise control on winding
below 40 km/h (25 mph). roads or in heavy traffic.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise Cruise control can be dangerous
control shuts off. on slippery roads. On such roads,
If the vehicle has a Traction Control fast changes in tire traction can
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak System cause excessive wheel slip, and
and begins to limit wheel spin while you could lose control. Do not use
using cruise control, the cruise cruise control on slippery roads. 5 (On/Off): Press to turn the
cruise control system on and off.
control automatically disengages.
See Traction Control System (TCS) RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate):
on page 932 or StabiliTrak System Move the thumbwheel up to resume
on page 933. When road conditions a previously set speed or to
allow you to safely use it again, the accelerate.
cruise control can be turned SET/ (Set/Coast): Move the
back on. thumbwheel down to set a speed or
to make the vehicle decelerate.
* (Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using

. To slow down in small amounts,
Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward
If the cruise button is on when not in SET/ briefly. Each time this is
use, it could get bumped and go into If the cruise control system is done, the vehicle goes about
cruise when not desired. Keep the already activated, 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
cruise control switch off when cruise . Move the thumbwheel up toward
is not being used. Passing Another Vehicle While
RES/+ and hold it until the
Using Cruise Control
1. Press 5. desired speed is reached, and
then release it. Use the accelerator pedal to
2. Get to the speed desired. increase the vehicle speed. When
. To increase the speed in small
3. Move the thumbwheel down and you take your foot off the pedal, the
amounts, move the thumbwheel
release it. vehicle slows down to the previous
up toward RES/+ briefly and
set cruise control speed.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator then release it. Each time this is
pedal. done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Resuming a Set Speed How well the cruise control works
Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle
If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of
desired speed and then the brakes the hills. When going up steep hills,
or clutch for manual transmissions If the cruise control system is
you might have to step on the
are applied, the cruise control is already activated,
accelerator pedal to maintain the
disengaged without erasing the set . Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle speed. When going
speed from memory. SET/ and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or
Once the vehicle reaches about lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move release it. vehicle speed. When the brakes are
the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ applied, the cruise control is
briefly. The vehicle returns to the disengaged.
speed selected previously and
stays there.
Ending Cruise Control Object Detection

There are three ways to end cruise
{ WARNING
control:
Systems The Ultrasonic Rear Parking
. To disengage cruise control; Assist (URPA) system does not
Ultrasonic Parking Assist replace driver vision. It cannot
step lightly on the brake pedal or
clutch for manual transmission. For vehicles with the Ultrasonic detect:
Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system,
. Press * on the steering wheel. . Objects that are below the
it assists the driver with parking
bumper, under the vehicle,
. To turn off the cruise control, and avoiding objects while in
or too close or far from the
R (Reverse). URPA operates at
press 5 on the steering wheel. vehicle.
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph),
Erasing Speed Memory and the sensors on the rear bumper . Children, pedestrians,
detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) bicyclists, or pets.
The cruise control set speed is behind the vehicle, and at least
erased from memory if the 5 button If you do not use proper care
20 cm (8 in) off the ground. before and while backing up,
is pressed or if the ignition is
turned off. vehicle damage, injury, or death
could occur. Even with URPA,
always check behind the vehicle
before backing up. While backing
up, be sure to look for objects and
check the vehicle's mirrors.
How the System Works To be detected, objects must be at When the System Does Not
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and Seem to Work Properly
URPA comes on automatically
below trunk level. Objects must also
when the shift lever is moved into If the URPA system does not
be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear
R (Reverse). activate due to a temporary
bumper. The distance objects can
A single tone sounds to indicate the be detected may be less during condition, the message PARK
system is working. warmer or humid weather. ASSIST OFF displays on the DIC.
See Object Detection System
URPA operates only at speeds less PARK ASSIST OFF may display on Messages on page 530 for more
than 8 km/h (5 mph). the Driver Information Center (DIC) information. This can occur under
An obstacle is indicated by audible to indicate that URPA is off. The the following conditions:
beeps. The interval between the message disappears after a short
period of time.
. The driver has disabled the
beeps becomes shorter as the system.
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. Turning the System On and Off .
When the distance is less than The ultrasonic sensors are not
30 cm (12 in) the beeps are The URPA system can be turned clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
continuous. on and off through the vehicle bumper free of mud, dirt, snow,
personalization menu on the ice, and slush. For cleaning
infotainment system. See Vehicle instructions, see Exterior Care
Personalization on page 533 for on page 1083.
more information.

. An object was hanging out of the
trunk during the last drive cycle. Fuel
Once the object is removed, Use of the recommended fuel
URPA will return to normal is an important part of the proper
operation. maintenance of this vehicle. To help
. The vehicle's bumper is keep the engine clean and maintain
damaged. Take the vehicle to optimum vehicle performance, we
your dealer to repair the system. recommend the use of gasoline
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
. Other conditions may affect Gasoline.
system performance, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or Look for the TOP TIER label on the
the compression of air brakes on fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
a very large truck. enhanced detergency standards
developed by auto companies. A list Recommended Fuel
of marketers providing TOP TIER Use regular unleaded gasoline with
Detergent Gasoline can be found at a posted octane rating of 87 or
www.toptiergas.com. higher. If the octane rating is less
than 87, an audible knocking noise,
commonly referred to as spark
knock, might be heard when driving.
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated
at 87 octane or higher as soon as
possible. If heavy knocking is heard
when using gasoline rated at
87 octane or higher, the engine
needs service.
Gasoline Specifications California Fuel Fuels in Foreign

(U.S. and Canada Only) Requirements Countries
At a minimum, gasoline should If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any
meet ASTM specification California Emissions Standards, it is other fuel not recommended in the
D 4814 in the United States designed to operate on fuels that previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
or CAN/CGSB3.5 or 3.511 in meet California specifications. See caused by use of improper fuel
Canada. Some gasolines contain the underhood emission control would not be covered by the vehicle
an octane-enhancing additive label. If this fuel is not available in warranty.
called methylcyclopentadienyl states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil
We recommend against the use satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the
of gasolines containing MMT. federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving.
See Fuel Additives on page 940 control system performance might
for additional information. be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the Fuel Additives
vehicle might fail a smogcheck test. To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on in the United States are now
page 513. If this occurs, return to required to contain additives that
your authorized dealer for diagnosis. help prevent engine and fuel system
If it is determined that the condition deposits from forming, allowing the
is caused by the type of fuel used, emission control system to work
repairs might not be covered by the properly. In most cases, nothing
vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel.
However, some gasolines contain For customers who do not use Notice: This vehicle was not
only the minimum amount of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline designed for fuel that contains
additive required to meet U.S. regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel methanol. Do not use fuel
Environmental Protection Agency System Treatment PLUS, added to containing methanol. It can
regulations. To help keep fuel the fuel tank at every engine oil corrode metal parts in the fuel
injectors and intake valves clean change, can help clean deposits system and also damage plastic
and avoid problems due to dirty from fuel injectors and intake and rubber parts. That damage
injectors or valves, look for gasoline valves. GM Fuel System Treatment would not be covered under the
that is advertised as TOP TIER PLUS is the only gasoline additive vehicle warranty.
Detergent Gasoline. Look for the recommended by General Motors. Some gasolines that
TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to It is available at your dealer. are not reformulated for low
ensure gasoline meets enhanced Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an
detergency standards developed such as ethers and ethanol, and octane-enhancing additive called
by the auto companies. A list of reformulated gasolines might be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
marketers providing TOP TIER available in your area. We tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant
Detergent Gasoline can be found recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the
at www.toptiergas.com. gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend
specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce
other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission
10% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. The
vehicles that were not designed for malfunction indicator lamp might
those fuels. turn on. If this occurs, return to your
dealer for service.
Filling the Tank
{ WARNING
Fuel vapor burns violently and a
fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
To help avoid injuries to you and
others, read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel pump
island. Turn off the engine when
refueling. Do not smoke near fuel
or when refueling the vehicle. Do
not use cellular phones. Keep The tethered fuel cap is behind the If the cap is not properly installed,
sparks, flames, and smoking fuel door on the vehicle's passenger the Malfunction Indicator Lamp will
materials away from fuel. Do not side. To open the fuel door, push the come on. See Malfunction Indicator
leave the fuel pump unattended rearward center edge in and release Lamp on page 513 for more
when refueling the vehicle. This is and the door will open. Turn the fuel information.
cap counterclockwise to remove. Do
against the law in some places.
Do not re-enter the vehicle while
not release the cap too soon or it
will spring back. Reinstall the cap by
{ WARNING
pumping fuel. Keep children away turning it clockwise until it clicks. Fuel can spray out on you if
from the fuel pump; never let
you open the fuel cap too
children pump fuel.
quickly. If you spill fuel and then
something ignites it, you could be
badly burned. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full,
(Continued)
Notice: If a new fuel cap is

WARNING (Continued) needed, be sure to get the right WARNING (Continued)
type of cap from your dealer.
and is more likely in hot weather. The wrong type of fuel cap might and the vehicle damaged if this
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait not fit properly, might cause the occurs. To help avoid injury to you
for any hiss noise to stop. Then malfunction indicator lamp to and others:
unscrew the cap all the way. light, and could damage the fuel . Dispense fuel only into
tank and emissions system. See
approved containers.
Do not top off or overfill the tank. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
Wait a few seconds before removing page 513. . Do not fill a container while
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted it is inside a vehicle, in a
surfaces as soon as possible. See Filling a Portable Fuel vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other than
Exterior Care on page 1083. Container the ground.
{ WARNING { WARNING . Bring the fill nozzle in contact
with the inside of the fill
If a fire starts while you are Never fill a portable fuel container opening before operating the
refueling, do not remove the while it is in the vehicle. Static nozzle. Contact should be
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel electricity discharge from the maintained until the filling is
by shutting off the pump or by complete.
container can ignite the fuel
notifying the station attendant. vapor. You can be badly burned . Do not smoke while
Leave the area immediately. pumping fuel.
(Continued)
. Do not use a cellular phone
while pumping fuel.
Towing For information on towing a disabled

vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on WARNING (Continued)
page 1081. For information on
General Towing towing the vehicle behind another Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
Information vehicle such as a motor home, see this section have been followed.
Recreational Vehicle Towing on Ask your dealer for advice and
Only use towing equipment that
page 1081. information about towing a trailer
has been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering with the vehicle.
dealer for assistance with preparing Driving Characteristics
the vehicle for towing a trailer. and Towing Tips The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is
See the following trailer towing equipped with the proper trailer
information in this section: { WARNING towing equipment. To identify the
trailering capacity of the vehicle,
. For information on driving while The driver can lose control when see Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
towing a trailer, see Driving pulling a trailer if the correct Economy Model) on page 948 or
Characteristics and equipment is not used or the Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy
Towing Tips. Model) on page 949. Trailering
vehicle is not driven properly.
. For maximum vehicle and trailer For example, if the trailer is too changes handling, acceleration,
weights, see Trailer Towing. heavy, the brakes may not work braking, durability, and fuel
well or even at all. The driver economy. With the added weight,
. For information on equipment the engine, transmission, wheel
to tow a trailer, see Towing and passengers could be
seriously injured. The vehicle assemblies, and tires are forced to
Equipment. work harder and under greater
may also be damaged; the
loads. The trailer also adds wind
resulting repairs would not be
resistance, increasing the pulling
covered by the vehicle warranty. requirements. For safe trailering,
(Continued) correctly use the proper trailering
equipment.
The following information has

. Vehicles with automatic Check all trailer hitch parts
important trailering tips and rules transmissions can tow in and attachments, safety chains,
for your safety and that of your D (Drive) but M (Manual Mode) electrical connectors, lamps, tires,
passengers. Read this section is recommended. See Manual and mirror adjustments. If the trailer
carefully before pulling a trailer. Mode on page 927 for more has electric brakes, start the vehicle
information. Use a lower gear if and trailer moving and then apply
Pulling a Trailer the transmission shifts too often. the trailer brake controller by hand
Here are some important points: For vehicles with a manual to be sure the brakes are working.
transmission, it is better not to
. There are many laws, including use the highest gear. During the trip, check regularly to be
speed limit restrictions that apply sure that the load is secure, and the
to trailering. Check for legal
. Use the cruise control when lamps and trailer brakes are working
requirements with state or towing. properly.
provincial police. . Obey speed limit restrictions.
Towing with a Stability Control
. Do not tow a trailer at all during Do not drive faster than the
maximum posted speed for System
the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles)
the new vehicle is driven. The trailers, or no more than 90 km/h When towing, the sound of the
engine or other parts could be (55 mph), to reduce wear on the stability control system might be
damaged. vehicle. heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the
. During the first 800 km Driving with a Trailer trailer, which mainly occurs during
(500 miles) that a trailer is Towing a trailer requires experience. cornering. This is normal when
towed, do not drive over 80 km/h Get familiar with handling and towing heavier trailers.
(50 mph) and do not make starts braking with the added trailer
at full throttle. This reduces wear weight. The vehicle is now longer
on the vehicle. and not as responsive as the
vehicle is by itself.
Following Distance Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on

the instrument panel flash for turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the
burned out. For this reason you may
driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with the
think other drivers are seeing the
This can help to avoid situations vehicle. The vehicle could be
signal when they are not. It is
that require heavy braking and damaged. Avoid making very
important to check occasionally to
sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering.
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
Passing When turning with a trailer, make working.
wider turns than normal. Do this
More passing distance is needed so the trailer won't strike soft Driving On Grades
when towing a trailer. Because the shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees Reduce speed and shift to a
rig is longer, it is necessary to go or other objects. Avoid jerky or lower gear before starting down a
much farther beyond the passed sudden maneuvers. Signal well long or steep downgrade. If the
vehicle before returning to the lane. in advance. transmission is not shifted down,
Backing Up the brakes might have to be used
Turn Signals When Towing a so much that they would get hot
Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer and no longer work well.
wheel with one hand. Then, to move The arrows on the instrument panel
the trailer to the left, move that hand Vehicles with an automatic
flash whenever signaling a turn or transmission can tow in
to the left. To move the trailer to the lane change. Properly hooked up,
right, move your hand to the right. D (Drive) but M (Manual Mode)
the trailer lamps also flash, telling is recommended. Shift the
Always back up slowly and, other drivers the vehicle is turning,
if possible, have someone transmission to a lower gear if
changing lanes, or stopping. the transmission shifts too often
guide you.
under heavy loads and/or hilly
conditions. For vehicles with a
manual transmission, it is better
not to use the highest gear.
When towing at high altitude on Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in
steep uphill grades, consider the place, release the brake pedal
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal
{ WARNING until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
altitudes. If the engine is turned off Parking the vehicle on a hill apply the parking brake and shift
immediately after towing at high with the trailer attached can be into P (Park) for vehicles with an
altitude on steep uphill grades, the dangerous. If something goes automatic transmission or into
vehicle may show signs similar to wrong, the rig could start to move. gear for vehicles with a manual
engine overheating. To avoid this, People can be injured, and both transmission.
let the engine run while parked,
the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Release the brake pedal.
preferably on level ground, with the
damaged. When possible, always
automatic transmission in P (Park)
park the rig on a flat surface. Leaving After Parking on a Hill
for a few minutes before turning the
engine off. For vehicles with manual 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
transmissions, let the engine run If parking the rig on a hill: while you:
while parked, preferably on level . Start the engine,
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
ground, with the transmission out of
not shift into P (Park) yet for . Shift into a gear, and
gear and the parking brake applied,
vehicles with an automatic
for a few minutes before turning the . Release the parking brake.
transmission, or into gear
engine off. If the overheat warning
for vehicles with a manual 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
comes on, see Engine Overheating
transmission. Turn the wheels
on page 1020. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
into the curb if facing downhill
or into traffic if facing uphill. clear of the chocks.
2. Have someone place chocks 4. Stop and have someone pick up

under the trailer wheels. and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Trailer Towing (Except See Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Towing later in this section for more
Fuel Economy Model) information.
The vehicle needs service more Before pulling a trailer, there are
often when pulling a trailer. See this Maximum trailer weight is
three important considerations that calculated assuming only the driver
manual's Maintenance Schedule or have to do with weight:
Index for more information. Things is in the tow vehicle and it has all
that are especially important in . The weight of the trailer. the required trailering equipment.
trailer operation are automatic The weight of additional optional
. The weight of the trailer tongue.
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle equipment, passengers and cargo in
. The total weight on your
lubricant, belts, cooling system, the tow vehicle must be subtracted
and brake system. It is a good idea vehicle's tires. from the maximum trailer weight.
to inspect these before and during Weight of the Trailer Ask your dealer for trailering
the trip. information or advice, or write us at
How heavy can a trailer safely be? our Customer Assistance Offices.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. It should never weigh more than See Customer Assistance Offices
454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that on page 133 for more information.
Engine Cooling When Trailer can be too heavy.
Towing Weight of the Trailer Tongue
It depends on how the rig is used.
The cooling system may temporarily For example, speed, altitude, road The tongue load (A) of any trailer is
overheat during severe operating grades, outside temperature and an important weight to measure
conditions. See Engine Overheating how much the vehicle is used to because it affects the total gross
on page 1020. pull a trailer are all important. It can weight of the vehicle. The Gross
depend on any special equipment Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
on the vehicle, and the amount of curb weight of the vehicle, any
tongue weight the vehicle can carry. cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options, After loading the trailer, weigh Towing Equipment
equipment, passengers or cargo in the trailer and then the tongue,
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue separately, to see if the weights are Hitches
weight the vehicle can carry, which proper. If they are not, adjustments Use the correct hitch equipment.
will also reduce the trailer weight the might be made by moving some See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, items around in the trailer. assistance.
the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will Total Weight on Your Vehicle's . The rear bumper on the vehicle
be carrying that weight, too. See Tires is not intended for hitches. Do
Vehicle Load Limits on page 911 Be sure the vehicle's tires are not attach rental hitches or other
for more information. inflated to the upper limit for cold bumper-type hitches to it. Use
tires. These numbers can be found only a frame-mounted hitch that
on the Tire-Loading Information does not attach to the bumper.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on . Will any holes be made in the
page 911. Make sure not to go body of the vehicle when the
over the GVW limit for the vehicle, trailer hitch is installed? If there
including the weight of the trailer are, seal the holes when the
tongue. hitch is removed. If the holes
are not sealed, dirt, water, and
Trailer Towing (Fuel deadly carbon monoxide (CO)
Economy Model) from the exhaust can get into the
vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on
The vehicle is neither designed nor page 923.
intended to tow a trailer.
The trailer tongue (A) should weigh
1015 percent of the total loaded
trailer weight (B).
Safety Chains Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12volt battery, even if the
Always attach chains between the Add-Ons vehicle is not operating.
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue The vehicle has an airbag system.
of the trailer to help prevent the Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything
tongue from contacting the road if it Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see
becomes separated from the hitch. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 337 and Adding
Leave enough slack so the rig can
electrical to the vehicle unless Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
turn. Never allow safety chains to
you check with your dealer first. Vehicle on page 338.
drag on the ground.
Some electrical equipment can
Trailer Brakes damage the vehicle and the
damage would not be covered
Does the trailer have its own by the vehicle's warranty. Some
brakes? Be sure to read and follow add-on electrical equipment can
the instructions for the trailer brakes keep other components from
so they are installed, adjusted, and working as they should.
maintained properly.
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
brake system. If this is done, both
brake systems will not work well,
or at all.
Vehicle Care 10-1
Vehicle Care Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Bulb Replacement
General Information Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-20 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Overheated Engine Headlamps, Front Turn
California Proposition Protection Signal and Parking
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
California Perchlorate Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-21 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
Accessories and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-30
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-33
Vehicle Checks Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Doing Your Own Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-25 Electrical System
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Automatic Transmission Shift
Electrical System
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Lock Control Function
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Engine Compartment Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Fuses and Circuit
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Ignition Transmission Lock
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Engine Compartment Fuse
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Park Brake and P (Park)
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Automatic Transmission Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27
Instrument Panel Fuse
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Wiper Blade
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Manual Transmission Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Windshield Replacement . . . 10-28
10-2 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59 General Information

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 For service and parts needs,
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 Tire Sealant and visit your dealer. You will receive
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-42 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Storing the Tire Sealant and and supported service people.
Tire Terminology and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 Genuine GM parts have one of
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 these marks:
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-77
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 Jump Starting
Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 Towing
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Recreational Vehicle
When It Is Time for New Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Appearance Care
Different Size Tires and Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Uniform Tire Quality Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-91
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Vehicle Care 10-3
California Proposition Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to

complement and function with other
65 Warning Modifications systems on the vehicle. Your GM
Most motor vehicles, including this Adding nondealer accessories or dealer can accessorize the vehicle
one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories.
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and When you go to your GM dealer
cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as and ask for GM Accessories, you
other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and will know that GM-trained and
exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, supported service technicians
many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and will perform the work using genuine
wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock GM Accessories.
emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability Also, see Adding Equipment to
control. These accessories or the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
California Perchlorate modifications could even cause page 338.
malfunction or damage not covered
Materials Requirements by the vehicle warranty.
Certain types of automotive
Damage to vehicle components
applications, such as airbag
resulting from modifications or the
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
installation or use of nonGM
and lithium batteries contained in
certified parts, including control
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
module or software modifications, is
may contain perchlorate materials.
not covered under the terms of the
Special handling may be necessary.
vehicle warranty and may affect
For additional information, see
remaining warranty coverage for
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
affected parts.
perchlorate.
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service Hood

work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more To open the hood:
Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle
Service Work than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
{ WARNING Publications Ordering Information
on page 1312.
You can be injured and the This vehicle has an airbag system.
vehicle could be damaged if you Before attempting to do your own
try to do service work on a vehicle service work, see Servicing the
without knowing enough about it. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
. Be sure you have sufficient page 337.
knowledge, experience, the Keep a record with all parts receipts
proper replacement parts, and list the mileage and the date of
and tools before attempting any service work performed. See
any vehicle 1. Pull up on the hood release
Maintenance Records on page 119.
maintenance task. handle. It is located inside the
vehicle to the left of the steering
. Be sure to use the proper column.
nuts, bolts, and other
fasteners. Metric and
English fasteners can be
easily confused. If the wrong
fasteners are used, parts
can later break or fall off.
You could be hurt.
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all the filler caps are on
properly. Then, lift the hood to
relieve pressure on the hood
prop. Remove the hood prop
from the slot on the underside of
the hood and return the prop to
its retainer. The prop rod must
click into place when returning it
to the retainer to prevent hood
damage.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle 3. Lift the hood and release the 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
and push the secondary hood hood prop from its retainer, above the vehicle and release
release handle toward the driver located above the radiator. it so it fully latches. Check to
side of the vehicle. Securely place the hood prop make sure the hood is closed
into the slot on the underside and repeat the process if
of the hood. necessary.
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
1.4 L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-7
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on E. Remote Negative (-) Terminal. I. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
page 1014. See Jump Starting on See Jump Starting on
B. Engine Oil Dipstick. See page 1078. page 1078.
Checking Engine Oil under F. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. J. Engine Compartment Fuse
Engine Oil on page 109. See Brake Fluid under Brakes Block on page 1035.
C. Electric Engine Cooling Fan on page 1022 and Hydraulic K. Windshield Washer Fluid
(Out of View). See Cooling Clutch on page 1014. Reservoir. See Adding Washer
System on page 1016. G. Battery on page 1025 Fluid under Washer Fluid on
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See (Under Cover). page 1021.
When to Add Engine Oil H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
under Engine Oil on page 109. and Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 1016.
10-8 Vehicle Care
1.8 L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-9
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on I. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. Checking Engine Oil and
page 1014. See Jump Starting on When to Add Engine Oil in
B. Engine Oil Dipstick. See page 1078. this section.
Checking Engine Oil under J. Engine Compartment Fuse . Change the engine oil at the
Engine Oil on page 109. Block on page 1035. appropriate time. See Engine Oil
C. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of K. Windshield Washer Fluid Life System on page 1012.
View). See Cooling System on Reservoir. See Adding Washer . Always dispose of engine oil
page 1016. Fluid under Washer Fluid on properly. See What to Do with
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See page 1021. Used Oil in this section.
When to Add Engine Oil under Checking Engine Oil
Engine Oil on page 109. Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the
E. Remote Negative (-) Terminal. To ensure proper engine engine oil level at each fuel fill. In
See Jump Starting on performance and long life, careful
order to get an accurate reading,
page 1078. attention must be paid to engine
the vehicle must be on level ground.
oil. Following these simple, but The engine oil dipstick handle
F. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. important steps will help protect
See Brake Fluid under Brakes is a yellow loop. See Engine
your investment:
on page 1022 and Hydraulic Compartment Overview on
Clutch on page 1014. . Always use engine oil approved page 106 for the location of the
to the proper specification and of engine oil dipstick.
G. Battery on page 1025 the proper viscosity grade. See
(Under Cover). Obtaining an accurate oil level
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
reading is essential:
H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and in this section.
Pressure Cap. See Cooling 1. If the engine has been running
. Check the engine oil level recently, turn off the engine and
System on page 1016. regularly and maintain
allow several minutes for the oil
the proper oil level. See
to drain back into the oil pan.
10-10 Vehicle Care
Checking the oil level too soon Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil
after engine shutoff will not Oil levels above or below the
Selecting the right engine oil
provide an accurate oil level acceptable operating range
depends on both the proper oil
reading. shown on the dipstick are harmful
specification and viscosity grade:
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean to the engine. If you find that you
it with a paper towel or cloth, have an oil level above the Specification
then push it back in all the way. operating range, i.e., the engine
Use and ask for engine oils with the
Remove it again, keeping the tip has so much oil that the oil level
dexos certification mark. Oils
down, and check the level. gets above the cross-hatched
meeting the requirements of the
area that shows the proper
vehicle should have the dexos
When to Add Engine Oil operating range, the engine could
certification mark on the container.
be damaged. You should drain
This certification mark indicates that
out the excess oil or limit driving
the oil has been approved to the
of the vehicle and seek a service
dexos specification.
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 106 for the location of the
If the oil is below the cross-hatched engine oil fill cap.
area at the tip of the dipstick, add Add enough oil to put the level
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil somewhere in the proper operating
and then recheck the level. See range. Push the dipstick all the way This vehicle was filled at the factory
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in back in when through. with dexosapproved engine oil.
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 122.
Vehicle Care 10-11
Notice: Use only engine oil Use of oils that do not meet the
that is approved to the dexos dexos specification, however, may
specification or an equivalent result in reduced performance under
engine oil of the appropriate certain circumstances.
viscosity grade. Engine oils
approved to the dexos Viscosity Grade
specification will show the SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
dexos symbol on the container. grade for the vehicle. Do not use
Failure to use the recommended other viscosity oils such as
engine oil or equivalent can SAE 10W30, 10W40, or 20W-50.
result in engine damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
If you are unsure whether the
oil is approved to the dexos
specification, ask your service
provider.
Use of Substitute Engine Oils if
dexos is unavailable: In the event
that dexosapproved engine oil is
not available at an oil change or for
maintaining proper oil level, you
may use substitute engine oil
displaying the API Starburst symbol
and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. Cold Temperature Operation:
In an area of extreme cold, where
the temperature falls below 29C
(20F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should
be used.
10-12 Vehicle Care
An oil of this viscosity grade your skin for very long. Clean your indicated can vary considerably. For
will provide easier cold starting skin and nails with soap and water, the oil life system to work properly,
for the engine at extremely low or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the system must be reset every time
temperatures. When selecting an oil properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil is changed.
of the appropriate viscosity grade, containing used engine oil. See the When the system has calculated
be sure to always select an oil that manufacturer's warnings about the that oil life has been diminished, it
meets the required specification, use and disposal of oil products. indicates that an oil change is
dexos. See Specification earlier in Used oil can be a threat to the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
this section for more information. environment. If you change your OIL SOON DIC message or Code
Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil 82 DIC message comes on. See
Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never Engine Oil Messages on page 529.
dispose of oil by putting it in the Change the oil as soon as possible
Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground, within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
recommended oils with the dexos into sewers, or into streams or It is possible that, if driving under
specification and displaying the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking the best conditions, the oil life
dexos certification mark are all that it to a place that collects used oil. system might indicate that an oil
is needed for good performance and change is not necessary for up to a
engine protection. Engine Oil Life System year. The engine oil and filter must
Engine oil system flushes are not be changed at least once a year
recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil and, at this time, the system must
engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system be reset. Your dealer has trained
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the service people who will perform this
engine oil and filter. This is based work and reset the system. It is also
What to Do with Used Oil on a combination of factors which important to check the oil regularly
Used engine oil contains certain include engine revolutions, engine over the course of an oil drain
elements that can be unhealthy for temperature, and miles driven. interval and keep it at the proper
your skin and could even cause Based on driving conditions, the level.
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on mileage at which an oil change is
Vehicle Care 10-13
If the system is ever reset Be careful not to reset the oil life transmission fluid. Because this
accidentally, the oil must be display accidentally at any time procedure is difficult, this should
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) other than after the oil is changed. be done at the dealer service
since the last oil change. It cannot be reset accurately. department. Contact the dealer for
Remember to reset the oil life If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON additional information.
system whenever the oil is changed. DIC message or Code 82 DIC Change the fluid and filter at the
How to Reset the Engine Oil message comes back on when the intervals listed in Scheduled
Life System vehicle is started, the engine oil life Maintenance on page 112, and
system has not reset. Repeat the be sure to use the fluid listed in
Reset the system whenever the procedure. Recommended Fluids and
engine oil is changed so that the Lubricants on page 116.
system can calculate the next Automatic Transmission
engine oil change. To reset the Manual Transmission
system: Fluid
Fluid
1. Using the DIC MENU button How to Check Automatic
and thumbwheel, scroll until you Transmission Fluid How to Check Manual
reach REMAINING OIL LIFE Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check
on the DIC (oil can symbol
the transmission fluid level. It is not necessary to check the
with % sign for Canada).
A transmission fluid leak is the manual transmission fluid level.
2. Press the SET button to reset only reason for fluid loss. If a leak A transmission fluid leak is the
the oil life at 100%. When occurs, take the vehicle to your only reason for fluid loss. If a leak
prompted, use the thumbwheel dealer service department and have occurs, take the vehicle to your
to highlight YES or NO. Press it repaired as soon as possible. dealer service department and
the SET/CLEAR button to have it repaired as soon as
The vehicle is not equipped with a
confirm. possible. See Recommended Fluids
transmission fluid level dipstick.
There is a special procedure for and Lubricants on page 116 for the
checking and changing the proper fluid to use.
10-14 Vehicle Care
Hydraulic Clutch How to Check and Add Fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid Cleaner/Filter
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is not necessary to reservoir to make sure the fluid level Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
regularly check brake/clutch fluid is at the MIN (minimum) line on the scheduled maintenance intervals
unless there is a leak suspected. side of the reservoir. The brake/ and replace it at the first oil change
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. hydraulic clutch fluid system should after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
A fluid loss in this system could be closed and sealed. interval. See Scheduled
indicate a problem. Have the Do not remove the cap to check Maintenance on page 112 for more
system inspected and repaired. the fluid level or to topoff the fluid information. If you are driving in
level. Remove the cap only when dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the
When to Check and What filter at each engine oil change.
necessary to add the proper fluid
to Use until the level reaches the MIN line. How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
See Engine Compartment Overview remove the filter from the vehicle
on page 106 for the location of the and lightly shake the filter to release
engine air cleaner/filter. loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid filter is required.
reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
The common brake/clutch fluid
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir
cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 106 for reservoir
location.
Vehicle Care 10-15
To inspect or replace the engine air 1.8 L L4 Engine

cleaner/filter: { WARNING
1.4 L L4 Engine Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you
or others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is

off, dirt can easily get into the
1. Remove the 6 screws that engine, which could damage it.
secure the cover on. Always have the air cleaner/filter
2. Lift off the cover. in place when you are driving.
3. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
4. Align the filter correctly.
5. Install the cover by lowering it
over the filter and secure with
the 6 screws.
10-16 Vehicle Care
Cooling System Notice: Using coolant other than

{ WARNING DEX-COOL can cause premature
The cooling system allows the engine, heater core, or radiator
engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan corrosion. In addition, the engine
working temperature. under the hood can start up even coolant could require changing
when the engine is not running sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
and can cause injury. Keep or 24 months, whichever occurs
hands, clothing, and tools away first. Any repairs would not be
from any underhood electric fan. covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always use DEX-COOL
(silicate-free) coolant in the
vehicle.
{ WARNING
Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant
other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, is filled with DEX-COOL engine
you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to
1.4 L L4 Engine Shown, remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
1.8 L L4 Engine Similar Do not run the engine if there is a
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
leak. If you run the engine, it
A. Engine Cooling Fan occurs first.
could lose all coolant. That could
(Out of View) cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling
B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add
and Pressure Cap fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 1020.
Vehicle Care 10-17
What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Never dispose of engine coolant
drinkable water and DEX-COOL by putting it in the trash, pouring
{ WARNING coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water.
Adding only plain water or some This mixture: Have the coolant changed by an
other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down authorized service center, familiar
can be dangerous. Plain water to 37C (34F), outside with legal requirements regarding
and other liquids, can boil before temperature. used coolant disposal. This will
the proper coolant mixture will. help protect the environment and
. Gives boiling protection up to your health.
The coolant warning system is 129C (265F), engine
set for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. Checking Coolant
With plain water or the wrong
. Protects against rust and The vehicle must be on a level
mixture, the engine could get too
corrosion. surface when checking the coolant
hot but you would not get the
level.
overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts.
could catch fire and you or Check to see if coolant is visible in
. Helps keep the proper engine the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
others could be burned. Use a temperature.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable inside the coolant surge tank is
water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant boiling, do not do anything else until
mixture is used, the engine could it cools down. If coolant is visible
overheat and be badly damaged. but the coolant level is not at the
The repair cost would not be indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture
covered by the vehicle warranty. of clean, drinkable water and
Too much water in the mixture DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
can freeze and crack the engine, surge tank, but be sure the cooling
radiator, heater core, and other system is cool before this is done.
parts. See Engine Overheating on
10-18 Vehicle Care
The coolant surge tank is located

in the engine compartment on the { WARNING { WARNING
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview on Steam and scalding liquids from a Adding only plain water or some
page 106 for more information on hot cooling system can blow out other liquid to the cooling system
location. and burn you badly. They are can be dangerous. Plain water
under pressure, and if you turn and other liquids, can boil before
How to Add Coolant to the the coolant surge tank pressure the proper coolant mixture will.
Coolant Surge Tank cap even a little they can The coolant warning system is
Notice: This vehicle has a come out at high speed. Never set for the proper coolant mixture.
specific coolant fill procedure. turn the cap when the cooling With plain water or the wrong
Failure to follow this procedure system, including the coolant mixture, the engine could get
could cause the engine to surge tank pressure cap, is hot. too hot but you would not get the
overheat and be severely Wait for the cooling system and overheat warning. The engine
damaged. coolant surge tank pressure cap could catch fire and you or
If no problem is found, check to to cool if you ever have to turn others could be burned. Use a
see if coolant is visible in the the pressure cap. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
coolant surge tank. If coolant is water and DEX-COOL coolant.
visible but the coolant level is not
at the indicated level mark, add a Notice: In cold weather, water
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable can freeze and crack the engine,
water and DEX-COOL coolant at radiator, heater core and other
the coolant surge tank, but be sure parts. Use the recommended
the cooling system, including the coolant and the proper coolant
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is mixture.
cool before you do it.
Vehicle Care 10-19
surge tank pressure cap and By this time, the coolant level
{ WARNING upper radiator hose, is no inside the coolant surge tank
longer hot. may be lower. If the level is
You can be burned if you spill lower, add more of the proper
coolant on hot engine parts. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
Coolant contains ethylene glycol the coolant surge tank until the
and it will burn if the engine parts one-quarter of a turn. If you
hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. level reaches the indicated
are hot enough. Do not spill level mark.
coolant on a hot engine. This will allow any pressure still
left to be vented out the 5. Then replace the pressure cap.
discharge hose. Be sure the pressure cap is
2. Then keep turning the pressure hand-tight.
cap slowly and remove it. Check the level in the coolant
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with surge tank when the cooling system
the proper DEX-COOL coolant has cooled down. If the coolant is
mixture to the indicated not at the proper level, repeat
level mark. Steps 1 through 3 and reinstall the
pressure cap. If the coolant still is
4. With the coolant surge tank not at the proper level when the
pressure cap off, start the system cools down again, see your
engine and let it run until the dealer.
upper radiator hose can be felt
getting hot. Watch out for the
1.4 L L4 Engine Shown, engine cooling fan.
1.8 L L4 Engine Similar
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
10-20 Vehicle Care
Engine Overheating If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from

Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment
The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating. If an engine overheat warning is
There is an engine coolant
{ WARNING displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
temperature gauge on the vehicle Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
instrument panel cluster. See can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge just open the hood. Stay away vehicle:
on page 510. from the engine if you see or hear . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
If the decision is made not to lift the steam coming from it. Just turn it
hood when this warning appears, off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving.
get service help right away. See the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
Roadside Assistance Program on Wait until there is no sign of
page 136. steam or coolant before you open
. Tows a trailer.
If the decision is made to lift the the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed
hood, make sure the vehicle is with no sign of steam:
If you keep driving when the
parked on a level surface. engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air off.
Check to see if the engine cooling in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
fan is running. If the engine is could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest
overheating, the fan should be engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as
running. If it is not, do not continue of the vehicle until the engine necessary.
to run the engine and have the is cool.
vehicle serviced. 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
Notice: Engine damage from If it is safe to do so, pull off the
running the engine without road, shift to P (Park) or
coolant is not covered by the N (Neutral) and let the
warranty. engine idle.
Vehicle Care 10-21
If the temperature overheat gauge Overheated Engine The engine oil will be severely
is no longer in the overheat zone or degraded. Repair the cause of
an overheat warning no longer
Protection coolant loss, change the oil and
displays, the vehicle can be driven. Operating Mode reset the oil life system. See
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly This emergency operating mode Engine Oil on page 109.
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe allows the vehicle to be driven
vehicle distance from the vehicle in to a safe place in an emergency Power Steering Fluid
front. If the warning does not come situation. If an overheated engine
back on, continue to drive normally. The vehicle is equipped with an
condition exists, an overheat electric power steering system.
If the warning continues, pull over, protection mode which alternates No fluid or general maintenance
stop, and park the vehicle firing groups of cylinders helps is required.
right away. prevent engine damage. In this
mode, a significant loss in power Washer Fluid
If there is no sign of steam, idle
and engine performance will be
the engine for three minutes
noticed. The temperature gauge What to Use
while parked. If the warning is still
will indicate an overheat condition
displayed, turn off the engine until it When windshield washer fluid
exists. Driving extended km (mi)
cools down. Also, see Overheated is needed, be sure to read the
and/or towing a trailer in the
Engine Protection Operating Mode manufacturer's instructions before
overheat protection mode should
following. use. If operating the vehicle in an
be avoided.
area where the temperature may fall
Notice: After driving in the below freezing, use a fluid that has
overheated engine protection sufficient protection against
operating mode, to avoid engine freezing.
damage, allow the engine to cool
before attempting any repair.
10-22 Vehicle Care
Adding Washer Fluid

. Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full { WARNING
when it is very cold. This
allows for fluid expansion The brake wear warning sound
if freezing occurs, which means that soon the brakes will
could damage the tank if not work well. That could lead to
it is completely full. a crash. When the brake wear
. Do not use engine coolant warning sound is heard, have the
(antifreeze) in the windshield vehicle serviced.
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid washer. It can damage the
until the tank is full. See Engine windshield washer system Notice: Continuing to drive with
Compartment Overview on and paint. worn-out brake pads could result
page 106 for reservoir location. in costly brake repair.
Notice
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates
This vehicle has front disc brakes can cause a brake squeal when the
. When using concentrated
and could have rear drum brakes or brakes are first applied or lightly
washer fluid, follow the
rear disc brakes. applied. This does not mean
manufacturer's instructions
something is wrong with the brakes.
for adding water. Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched Properly torqued wheel nuts are
. Do not mix water with
warning sound when the brake pads necessary to help prevent brake
ready-to-use washer fluid.
are worn and new pads are needed. pulsation. When tires are rotated,
Water can cause the solution
The sound can come and go or be inspect brake pads for wear and
to freeze and damage the
heard all the time the vehicle is evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
washer fluid tank and other
moving, except when applying the proper sequence to torque
parts of the washer system.
brake pedal firmly. specifications in Capacities and
Also, water does not clean as
Specifications on page 122.
well as washer fluid.
Vehicle Care 10-23
If the vehicle has rear drum brakes, Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid
they do not have wear indicators,
Every time the brakes are applied,
but if a rear brake rubbing noise is
with or without the vehicle moving,
heard, have the rear brake linings
the brakes adjust for wear.
inspected immediately. Rear brake
drums should be removed and Replacing Brake System Parts
inspected each time the tires are
removed for rotation or changing. The braking system on a vehicle is
Drum brakes have an inspection complex. Its many parts have to be
hole to inspect lining wear during of top quality and work well together The brake/clutch master cylinder
scheduled maintenance. When the if the vehicle is to have really good reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
front brake pads are replaced, have braking. The vehicle was designed fluid as indicated on the reservoir
the rear brakes inspected, too. and tested with top-quality brake cap. See Engine Compartment
parts. When parts of the braking Overview on page 106 for the
Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get location of the reservoir.
replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts.
There are only two reasons why the
Brake Pedal Travel If this is not done, the brakes might
brake fluid level in the reservoir
not work properly. For example,
See your dealer if the brake pedal might go down:
installing disc brake pads that are
does not return to normal height, wrong for the vehicle, can change . The brake fluid level goes down
or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and because of normal brake lining
pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes for the worse. The wear. When new linings are
that brake service might be braking performance expected can installed, the fluid level goes
required. change in many other ways if the back up.
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.
10-24 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch Checking Brake Fluid Always clean the brake/clutch fluid
hydraulic system can also cause reservoir cap and the area around
a low fluid level. Have the brake/ The brake/clutch fluid can be
the cap before removing it. This
clutch hydraulic system fixed, checked without taking off the cap
helps keep dirt from entering the
since a leak means that sooner by looking at the brake/clutch fluid
reservoir.
or later the brakes will not reservoir.
work well. The fluid level should be above
MIN. If it is not, have the brake/
{ WARNING
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. clutch hydraulic system checked to With the wrong kind of fluid in the
If fluid is added when the linings are see if there is a leak. brake/clutch hydraulic system, the
worn, there will be too much fluid After work is done on the brake/ brakes might not work well. This
when new brake linings are clutch hydraulic system, make sure could cause a crash. Always use
installed. Add or remove fluid, as the level is above MIN but not over the proper brake/clutch fluid.
necessary, only when work is done the MAX mark.
on the brake/clutch hydraulic
system. When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a Notice
low level, the brake warning light . Using the wrong fluid can
comes on. See Brake System
{ WARNING Warning Light on page 516.
badly damage brake/clutch
hydraulic system parts. For
If too much brake fluid is added, it What to Add example, just a few drops of
can spill on the engine and burn, mineral-based oil, such as
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid engine oil, in the brake
if the engine is hot enough. You from a sealed container. See
or others could be burned, and hydraulic system can
Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic
the vehicle could be damaged. Lubricants on page 116.
Add brake fluid only when work is system parts so badly that
done on the brake/clutch they will have to be replaced.
hydraulic system. Do not let someone put in
the wrong kind of fluid.
Vehicle Care 10-25

. If brake fluid is spilled
on the vehicle's painted
Vehicle Storage Starter Switch Check
surfaces, the paint finish can
be damaged. Be careful not { WARNING { WARNING
to spill brake fluid on the Batteries have acid that can burn
vehicle. If you do, wash it off When you are doing this
you and gas that can explode. inspection, the vehicle could
immediately.
You can be badly hurt if you are move suddenly. If the vehicle
not careful. See Jump Starting on moves, you or others could be
Battery page 1078 for tips on working injured.
Refer to the replacement number on around a battery without
the original battery label when a getting hurt.
new battery is needed. 1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
Infrequent Usage: Remove the around the vehicle.
{ DANGER black, negative () cable from the
2. Firmly apply both the parking
battery to keep the battery from
Battery posts, terminals, and brake and the regular brake.
running down.
related accessories contain lead See Parking Brake on
and lead compounds, chemicals Extended Storage: Remove the page 931.
known to the State of California to black, negative () cable from the
Do not use the accelerator
cause cancer and reproductive battery or use a battery trickle
pedal, and be ready to turn off
harm. Wash hands after handling. charger.
the engine immediately if it
starts.
10-26 Vehicle Care
3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the
vehicles, try to start the engine ignition on, but do not start the
in each gear. The vehicle
Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the
should start only in P (Park) or Function Check regular brake, try to move the
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts shift lever out of P (Park) with
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
For manual transmission When you are doing this your dealer for service.
vehicles, put the shift lever in inspection, the vehicle could
Neutral, push the clutch pedal move suddenly. If the vehicle Ignition Transmission
down halfway, and try to start moves, you or others could be Lock Check
the engine. The vehicle should injured.
While parked, and with the parking
start only when the clutch pedal
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
is pushed down all the way to 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
the floor. If the vehicle starts sure there is enough room position.
when the clutch pedal is not around the vehicle. It should be
pushed all the way down, parked on a level surface.
. For automatic transmission
contact your dealer for service. vehicles, the ignition should turn
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. to LOCK/OFF only when the
See Parking Brake on shift lever is in P (Park). The
page 931. ignition key should come out
Be ready to apply the regular only in LOCK/OFF.
brake immediately if the vehicle . For manual transmission
begins to move. vehicles, the ignition key should
come out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Vehicle Care 10-27

. To check the P (Park)
Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
be covered by your warranty.
Do not allow the wiper blade
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift arm to touch the windshield.
to P (Park). Then release the
To replace the windshield wiper
{ WARNING parking brake followed by the
blade:
regular brake.
When you are doing this check, 1. Pull the wiper assembly away
Contact your dealer if service is
the vehicle could begin to move. required. from the windshield.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
Wiper Blade Replacement
of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should
roll. Be ready to apply the regular be inspected for wear or cracking.
brake at once should the vehicle See Scheduled Maintenance on
begin to move. page 112 for more information.
Replacement blades come in
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different types and are removed
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping in different ways. For proper
your foot on the regular brake, set windshield wiper blade length
the parking brake. and type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 118.
. To check the parking brake's 2. Lift up on the plastic latch in the
holding ability: With the engine Notice: Allowing the wiper blade
middle of the wiper blade where
running and the transmission in arm to touch the windshield when
the wiper arm attaches.
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot no wiper blade is installed could
pressure from the regular brake damage the windshield. Any
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is damage that occurs would not
held by the parking brake only.
10-28 Vehicle Care
3. With the latch open, pull the Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to release Headlamp aim has been preset at For the proper type of replacement
it from the J-hooked end of the the factory and should need no bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
wiper arm. further adjustment. page 1033.
4. Remove the wiper blade. However, if the vehicle is damaged For any bulbchanging procedure
in a crash, the headlamp aim may not listed in this section, contact
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
be affected. Aim adjustment to the your dealer.
touch the windshield when no
low-beam headlamps may be
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
necessary if oncoming drivers flash Headlamps, Front Turn
their high-beam headlamps at you
damage that occurs would not
(for vertical aim).
Signal and Parking
be covered by the vehicle Lamps
warranty. Do not allow the wiper If the headlamps need to be
blade to touch the windshield. re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle be taken to a dealer for
5. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for
service.
wiper blade replacement.
Windshield Replacement
The vehicle is equipped with an
acoustic windshield. If you ever
have to have the windshield
replaced be sure to get an acoustic
windshield so you will continue to
have the benefits an acoustic
windshield can provide. A. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
B. HighBeam Headlamp/
LowBeam Headlamp and DRL
Vehicle Care 10-29
HighBeam Headlamp/ 3. Disconnect the wiring harness Parking/Turn Signal Lamp

LowBeam Headlamp and DRL connector from the bulb (C)
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
by pressing the connector
1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 104.
release (B) and pulling
page 104. straight back.
4. Remove the bulb (C) from the
headlamp assembly by turning
counterclockwise and pulling
straight back.
5. Install the new bulb in the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
6. Install the wiring harness
connector to the bulb. Be sure
the connector release (B) locks
into place.
2. Remove the parking/turn signal
7. Install the connector lamp bulb socket from the
2. Remove the connector
retaining tab (A). headlamp assembly by turning
retaining tab (A).
counterclockwise.
10-30 Vehicle Care
Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps
3. Remove the bulb (A) from the 2. Remove the trunk deck trim
bulb socket. cover (A).
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb 3. Remove the bulb socket (B) by
socket. turning counterclockwise and
5. Install the bulb socket into the Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamps pulling straight out.
headlamp assembly by turning 1. Open the trunk.
clockwise.
Vehicle Care 10-31
Stoplamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal,

Backup, and Sidemarker Lamp
1. Open the trunk.
4. Remove the bulb from the A. Back-up Lamp

socket (A). B. Stop Lamp/Taillamp
5. Install the new bulb in the bulb C. Turn Signal Lamp
socket.
D. Sidemarker Lamp 2. Open the two screw covers.
6. Install the bulb socket by turning
clockwise. To replace any one of these bulbs:
7. Install the trunk deck trim cover.

10-32 Vehicle Care
3. Remove the two screws, which 4. Remove the taillamp assembly A. Sidemarker Lamp
secure the taillamp assembly. by pulling it straight back until B. Turn Signal Lamp
the two posts disengage from
the grommets. C. Stop Lamp/Taillamp
D. Back-up Lamp
5. Remove the bulb socket from
the taillamp assembly by turning
it counterclockwise.
6. Install a new bulb into the bulb
socket.
7. Install the bulb socket into the
taillamp assembly by turning it
clockwise.
Vehicle Care 10-33
8. Install the taillamp assembly and Replacement Bulbs

tighten the two screws.
Bulb
9. Close the two screw covers. Exterior Lamp
Number
License Plate Lamp Back-Up Lamp 921K

Front and Rear
To replace the license plate 194
Sidemarker Lamp
lamp bulb:
Front Parking/Turn
7444NA
Signal Lamp
High Beam/Low
Beam and DRL H13LL
2. Turn and pull the license plate Headlamp
lamp assembly down.
Rear Turn
7443NA
3. Turn the bulb socket Signal Lamp
counterclockwise and pull the
Stop Lamp/Taillamp 3057K LCP
bulb straight out of the socket.
4. Push the new bulb into the For replacement bulbs not listed
socket. here, contact your dealer.
5. Install the bulb socket by turning
1. Remove the two screws from the clockwise into the license plate
license plate lamp assembly. lamp assembly.
6. Replace the license plate lamp
assembly by using the two
screws to secure.
10-34 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit

An electrical overload may cause Breakers
Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Overload some cases to remain off. Have
protected from short circuits by a
the headlamp wiring checked right
The vehicle has fuses and circuit combination of fuses and circuit
away if the lamps go on and off or
breakers to protect against an breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted,
normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
greatly reduces the chance of circuit a bad fuse with a new one of the
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from
power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse
from the windshield before using goes out. Replace the fuse as
Replace a bad fuse with a new one the windshield wipers. soon as possible.
of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit
If there is a problem on the road electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine
and a fuse needs to be replaced, ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on
the same amperage fuse can be page 1035 and Instrument Panel
borrowed. Choose some feature of Fuse Block on page 1038.
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Vehicle Care 10-35
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,

squeeze the clips and swing it up. Engine Compartment Fuse Block
Notice: Spilling liquid on any
electrical component on the The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage
vehicle may damage it. Always with all of the fuses, relays, and
keep the covers on any electrical features shown. Transmission
1
component. Control Module
Engine Control
2
Module
3 Not Used
10-36 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

Canister Vent 20 Fuel Pump 46 Cooling Fan
4
Solenoid
23 Not Used 47 Lambda Sensor
5 Ignition
29 Not Used 48 Fog Lights
7 Not Used
Antilock Brake 49 Not Used
30
8 Fuel Injection System
50 Not Used
Fuel Injection/ Body Control
9 31 51 Horn
Ignition System Module
52 Ignition
Engine Control Body Control
10 32
Module Module Automatic Dimming
53
Rearview Mirror
11 Lambda Sensor 33 Front Seat Heating
Light Switch/Light
Canister Vent Sunroof 54
13 34 Control
Solenoid (If Equipped)
55 Mirror Folding
14 Not Used Infotainment
35
System/Amplifier 56 Windshield Washer
15 Rear Wiper
36 Not Used Steering
Ignition/Air Quality 57
16 Column Lock
Sensor/AeroShutter High Beam
37
Right Side 58 Not Used
17 Ignition/Airbag
38 High Beam Left Side 60 Heated Mirror
18 Fuel Control Module
39 Not Used 61 Heated Mirror
19 Not Used
40 Not Used 62 Air Conditioning
Vehicle Care 10-37
Mini Fuses Usage JCase Usage Micro Usage

Fuses Relays
Rear Window
63
Sensor 22 Not Used 1 A/C Clutch
64 Air Quality Sensor Front Power 2 Starter Solenoid
24
Windows
65 Rear Fog Lamp 4 Front Wiper Speed
Electronic
66 Rear Washer 25 5 Front Wiper On
Vacuum Pump
Fuel System Control 6 Not Used
67 Antilock Brake
Module 26
System Pump 10 Cooling Fan K3
68 Not Used
Electronic Key 12 Cooling Fan K3
27
Battery Voltage System
69 14 Not Used
Sensor
Rear Window
28
70 Rain Sensor Defogger UMicro Usage
71 Not Used 41 Not Used Relays
42 Cooling Fan K2 3 Cooling Fan K7
JCase Usage
43 Not Used 8 Fuel Pump
Fuses
44 Not Used 11 Not Used
6 Front Wipers
12 Starter Solenoid 45 Cooling Fan K1
Rear Power 59 Not Used

21
Windows
10-38 Vehicle Care
HC Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

9 Cooling Fan K2 Block
13 Cooling Fan K1
Mini Relays Usage

7 Ignition 87 Main
15 Ignition 15
16 Not Used
17 Not Used
The instrument panel fuse block is

in the driver side of instrument
panel. To access the fuses:
1. Open the fuse block cover by
pulling out at the top.
2. Remove the lower edge of the
cover.
3. Remove the cover. Instrument Panel Fuse Block
To reinstall the cover, reverse the The vehicle may not be equipped
steps above. with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Vehicle Care 10-39
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

Infotainment Body Control 21 Instrument Cluster
10
1 System/Handsfree Module
Ignition/Electronic
Phone 22
11 Interior Fan Key System
2 Not Used
12 Not Used Body Control
23
Body Control Module
3 13 Power Seat
Module
Body Control
Diagnostic 24
4 Infotainment System 14 Module
Connector
Information Display/ Steering
5 15 Airbag 25
Parking Assist Column Lock
Central Locking
6 Cigarette Lighter 16 26 Not Used
System/Tailgate
7 Power Outlet
Air Conditioning Relays Usage
17
Body Control System
8 1 Trunk Open
Module
18 Not Used
Body Control 2 Logistics Module
9 19 Not Used
Module 3 Power Outlet
20 Not Used
10-40 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires
same danger as overloaded can cause a crash. Only the
Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire
high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair,
leading tire manufacturer. Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount
See the warranty manual for maintain the recommended the tires.
information regarding the tire pressure. Tire pressure . Do not spin the tires in
warranty and where to get should be checked when excess of 55 km/h (35 mph)
service. For additional the tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such
information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc.
manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may
or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode.
{ WARNING impact such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at
. Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. Winter Tires
improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a Consider installing winter tires on
dangerous. crash. If the tread is badly the vehicle if frequent driving on
. Overloading the tires can worn, replace them. snow or ice covered roads is
cause overheating as a result expected. All season tires provide
. Replace any tires that have good overall performance on most
of too much flexing. There been damaged by impacts
could be a blowout and a surfaces, but they may not offer
with potholes, curbs, etc. the traction or the same level of
serious crash. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 911. (Continued) performance as winter tires on
snow or ice covered roads.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-41
Winter tires, in general, are Winter tires with the same speed Notice: Lowprofile tires are
designed for increased traction on rating as the original equipment tires more susceptible to damage
snow and ice covered roads. With may not be available for H, V, W, Y, from road hazards or curb
winter tires, there may be decreased and ZR speed rated tires. If winter impact than standard profile
dry road traction, increased road tires with a lower speed rating are
tires. Tire and/or wheel
noise, and shorter tread life. After chosen, never exceed the tire's
changing to winter tires, be alert for maximum speed capability. assembly damage can occur
changes in vehicle handling and when coming into contact
braking. Low-Profile Tires with road hazards like,
potholes, or sharp edged
See your dealer for details If the vehicle has P225/45R18
regarding winter tire availability and
objects, or when sliding into
size tires, they are classified as a curb. The warranty does not
proper tire selection. Also, see
lowprofile tires. These tires are cover this type of damage.
Buying New Tires on page 1055.
designed for very responsive Keep tires set to the correct
If using snow tires: driving on wet or dry pavement, inflation pressure and, when
. Use tires of the same brand and however, may produce more possible, avoid contact with
tread type on all four wheel road noise and tend to wear curbs, potholes, and other
positions. faster. road hazards.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
10-42 Vehicle Care
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the Tire Identification Number
Tire Size illustration later in this (TIN). The TIN shows the
Useful information about a tire section for more detail. manufacturer and plant code,
is molded into its sidewall. tire size, and date the tire was
The examples show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria manufactured. The TIN is
passenger vehicle tire and a molded onto both sides of the
compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to tire, although only one side may
GM's specific tire performance have the date of manufacture.
criteria have a TPC specification (E) Tire Ply Material : The type
code molded onto the sidewall. of cord and number of plies in
GM's TPC specifications meet or the sidewall and under the tread.
exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality
guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire
(C) DOT (Department of manufacturers are required
Transportation): The to grade tires based on three
Department of Transportation performance factors: treadwear,
(DOT) code indicates that traction, and temperature
Passenger (PMetric) Tire Example the tire is in compliance resistance. For more information
with the U.S. Department of see Uniform Tire Quality
(A) Tire Size: The tire size is Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading on page 1057.
a combination of letters and Safety Standards.
numbers used to define a (G) Maximum Cold Inflation
particular tire's width, height, (D) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load
aspect ratio, construction type, (TIN): The letters and numbers that can be carried and the
following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to
of Transportation) code are the support that load.
Vehicle Care 10-43
and gone flat. If the vehicle (E) Tire Inflation: The

has a compact spare tire, temporary use tire or compact
see Compact Spare Tire on spare tire should be inflated
page 1077 and If a Tire Goes to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Flat on page 1060. information on tire pressure and
(C) Tire Identification Number inflation see Tire Pressure on
(TIN): The letters and numbers page 1047.
following the DOT (Department (F) Tire Size: A combination of
of Transportation) code are letters and numbers define a
the Tire Identification Number tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
(TIN). The TIN shows the construction type, and service
Compact Spare Tire Example manufacturer and plant code, description. The letter T as the
(A) Tire Ply Material: The type tire size, and date the tire was first character in the tire size
of cord and number of plies in manufactured. The TIN is means the tire is for temporary
the sidewall and under the tread. molded onto both sides of the use only.
tire, although only one side may (G) TPC Spec (Tire
(B) Temporary Use Only: have the date of manufacture.
The compact spare tire or Performance Criteria
temporary use tire has a tread (D) Maximum Cold Inflation Specification): Original
life of approximately 5 000 km Load Limit: Maximum load equipment tires designed to
(3,000 mi) and should not be that can be carried and the GM's specific tire performance
driven at speeds over 105 km/h maximum pressure needed to criteria have a TPC specification
(65 mph). The compact spare support that load. code molded onto the sidewall.
tire is for emergency use when GM's TPC specifications meet or
a regular road tire has lost air exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
10-44 Vehicle Care
Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A twodigit is certified to carry. The speed
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a
Tire Size heighttowidth measurements. tire is certified to carry a load.
The following is an example For example, if the tire size
of a typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and
tire size. item C of the illustration, it would Definitions
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide. Air Pressure: The amount
of air inside the tire pressing
(D) Construction Code: A outward on each square
letter code is used to indicate inch of the tire. Air pressure is
the type of ply construction in expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
the tire. The letter R means or psi (pounds per square inch).
(A) Passenger (PMetric) Tire: radial ply construction; the
letter D means diagonal or Accessory Weight: The
The United States version of a combined weight of optional
metric tire sizing system. The bias ply construction; and the
letter B means beltedbias ply accessories. Some examples
letter P as the first character in of optional accessories are
the tire size means a passenger construction.
automatic transmission, power
vehicle tire engineered to (E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of steering, power brakes, power
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air
and Rim Association. (F) Service Description: These conditioning.
(B) Tire Width: The threedigit characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width.
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
Vehicle Care 10-45
Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
cords that is located between oil, and coolant, but without Rating for the rear axle. See
the plies and the tread. Cords passengers and cargo. Vehicle Load Limits on
may be made from steel or other DOT Markings: A code page 911.
reinforcing materials. molded into the sidewall of Intended Outboard Sidewall :
Bead: The tire bead contains a tire signifying that the tire The side of an asymmetrical tire,
steel wires wrapped by steel is in compliance with the U.S. that must always face outward
cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation when mounted on a vehicle.
the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic Standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure.
tire in which the plies are laid includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Light Truck (LTMetric) Tire: A
at alternate angles less than tire used on light duty trucks and
90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, some multipurpose passenger
the tread. vehicles.
production plant, brand, and
Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. Load Index: An assigned
amount of air pressure in a tire, number ranging from 1 to 279
measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits that corresponds to the load
or psi (pounds per square inch) carrying capacity of a tire.
before a tire has built up heat on page 911.
from driving. See Tire Pressure GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure:
on page 1047. Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to
Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated.
Curb Weight: The weight of a The maximum air pressure is
motor vehicle with standard and page 911.
molded onto the sidewall.
optional equipment including the
10-46 Vehicle Care
Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is Sidewall: The portion of a tire
load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead.
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall Speed Rating: An
pressure for that tire. of the tire. alphanumeric code assigned to
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: a tire indicating the maximum
Weight: The sum of curb A tire used on passenger cars speed at which a tire can
weight, accessory weight, and some light duty trucks and operate.
vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Traction: The friction between
production options weight. Recommended Inflation the tire and the road surface.
Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle The amount of grip provided.
number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended Tread: The portion of a tire that
is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown comes into contact with
68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire the road.
Load Limits on page 911. Pressure on page 1047
andVehicle Load Limits on Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
Occupant Distribution : bands, sometimes called wear
Designated seating positions. page 911.
bars, that show across the tread
Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm
side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires
outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of on page 1054.
vehicle. The side of the tire that the tread.
contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire
white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads
manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated.
Vehicle Care 10-47
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Placard: A label . Premature or

Grading Standards): A tire permanently attached to a irregular wear.
information system that vehicle showing the vehicle . Poor handling.
provides consumers with capacity weight and the
ratings for a tire's traction, original equipment tire size
. Reduced fuel economy.
temperature, and treadwear. and recommended inflation Overinflated tires, or tires
Ratings are determined pressure. See Tire and Loading that have too much air, can
by tire manufacturers using Information Label under Vehicle result in:
government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 911. . Unusual wear.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure . Poor handling.
Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount
. Rough ride.
page 1057. of air pressure to operate . Needless damage from
Vehicle Capacity Weight: effectively. road hazards.
The number of designated Notice: Neither tire
seating positions multiplied by The Tire and Loading
underinflation nor Information label on the
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated overinflation is good. vehicle indicates the original
cargo load. See Vehicle Load Underinflated tires, or tires
Limits on page 911. equipment tires and the correct
that do not have enough air, cold tire inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Maximum Load on the can result in: recommended pressure is the
Tire: Load on an individual tire . Tire overloading and minimum air pressure needed to
due to curb weight, accessory overheating which could support the vehicle's maximum
weight, occupant weight, and lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity.
cargo weight.
10-48 Vehicle Care
For additional information How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with
regarding how much weight Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge.
the vehicle can carry, and an gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the
example of the Tire and Loading Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks
Information label, see Vehicle determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture.
Load Limits on page 911. How Check the tire inflation pressure
the vehicle is loaded affects when the tires are cold, meaning Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle handling and ride the vehicle has not been driven
comfort. Never load the vehicle System
for at least three hours or no
with more weight than it was The Tire Pressure Monitor System
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
designed to carry.
Remove the valve cap from the technology to check tire pressure
When to Check tire valve stem. Press the tire levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
Check the tires once a month gauge firmly onto the valve to the air pressure in your tires and
get a pressure measurement. transmit tire pressure readings to a
or more. Do not forget the
If the cold tire inflation pressure receiver located in the vehicle.
compact spare tire, if the vehicle
has one. The compact spare matches the recommended Each tire, including the spare
should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). pressure on the Tire and (if provided), should be checked
Loading Information label, no monthly when cold and inflated to
For additional information
further adjustment is necessary. the inflation pressure recommended
regarding the compact spare by the vehicle manufacturer on
tire, see Compact Spare Tire on If the inflation pressure is low, the vehicle placard or tire inflation
page 1077. add air until the recommended pressure label. (If your vehicle has
pressure is reached. If the tires of a different size than the size
inflation pressure is high, press indicated on the vehicle placard or
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Vehicle Care 10-49
tire inflation pressure label, you Please note that the TPMS is variety of reasons, including the
should determine the proper tire not a substitute for proper tire installation of replacement or
inflation pressure for those tires.) maintenance, and it is the driver's alternate tires or wheels on the
As an added safety feature, your responsibility to maintain correct tire vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
vehicle has been equipped with a pressure, even if underinflation has functioning properly. Always check
tire pressure monitoring system not reached the level to trigger the TPMS malfunction telltale after
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire illumination of the TPMS low tire replacing one or more tires or
pressure telltale when one or pressure telltale. wheels on your vehicle to ensure
more of your tires is significantly Your vehicle has also been that the replacement or alternate
underinflated. equipped with a TPMS malfunction tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
indicator to indicate when the continue to function properly.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you system is not operating properly. See Tire Pressure Monitor
should stop and check your tires as The TPMS malfunction indicator is Operation on page 1050 for
soon as possible, and inflate them combined with the low tire pressure additional information.
to the proper pressure. Driving on telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for Federal Communications
a significantly underinflated tire Commission (FCC) and
causes the tire to overheat and can approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. Industry Canada
lead to tire failure. Underinflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire This sequence will continue upon See Radio Frequency Statement on
tread life, and may affect the subsequent vehicle startups as page 1316 for information
vehicle's handling and stopping long as the malfunction exists. regarding Part 15 of the Federal
ability. When the malfunction indicator Communications Commission (FCC)
is illuminated, the system may rules and Industry Canada
not be able to detect or signal low Standards RSS-210/220/310.
tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a
10-50 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor If the warning light comes on, stop A Tire and Loading Information
as soon as possible and inflate the label shows the size of the original
Operation tires to the recommended pressure equipment tires and the correct
This vehicle may have a Tire shown on the Tire and Loading inflation pressure for the tires when
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Information label. See Vehicle Load they are cold. See Vehicle Load
The TPMS is designed to warn Limits on page 911. Limits on page 911, for an example
the driver when a low tire pressure A message to check the pressure in of the Tire and Loading Information
condition exists. TPMS sensors are a specific tire displays in the Driver label and its location. Also see Tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel Information Center (DIC) display. Pressure on page 1047.
assembly, excluding the spare tire The low tire pressure warning light The TPMS can warn about a
and wheel assembly. The TPMS and the DIC warning message come low tire pressure condition but
sensors monitor the air pressure on at each ignition cycle until the it does not replace normal tire
in the tires and transmit the tire tires are inflated to the correct maintenance. See Tire Inspection
pressure readings to a receiver inflation pressure. Using the DIC, on page 1053, Tire Rotation on
located in the vehicle. tire pressure levels can be viewed. page 1053 and Tires on
For additional information and page 1040.
details about the DIC operation and Notice: Tire sealant materials are
displays see Driver Information not all the same. A non-approved
Center (DIC) on page 523. tire sealant could damage the
The low tire pressure warning light TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
may come on in cool weather when damage caused by using an
the vehicle is first started, and then incorrect tire sealant is not
When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This covered by the vehicle
is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the warranty. Always use only the
the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and must GM-approved tire sealant
located on the instrument cluster. be inflated to the proper pressure. available through your dealer
or included in the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 10-51
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits TPMS sensor. The malfunction

. Replacement tires or wheels do
use a GM-approved liquid tire light and DIC message should not match the original equipment
sealant. Using non-approved tire go off after the road tire is tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
sealants could damage the TPMS replaced and the sensor other than those recommended
sensors. See Tire Sealant and matching process is performed could prevent the TPMS from
Compressor Kit on page 1062 for successfully. See "TPMS Sensor functioning properly. See Buying
information regarding the inflator kit Matching Process" later in this New Tires on page 1055.
materials and instructions. section. . Operating electronic devices or
. The TPMS sensor matching being near facilities using radio
TPMS Malfunction Light and
process was not done or wave frequencies similar to the
Message TPMS could cause the TPMS
not completed successfully
The TPMS will not function properly after rotating the tires. The sensors to malfunction.
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC If the TPMS is not functioning
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after properly, it cannot detect or signal
system detects a malfunction, the successfully completing the a low tire condition. See your dealer
low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. for service if the TPMS malfunction
about one minute and then stays on See "TPMS Sensor Matching light and DIC message come on
for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section. and stay on.
cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays. The malfunction light and
. One or more TPMS sensors are
DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The DIC
each ignition cycle until the problem message and the malfunction
is corrected. Some of the conditions light should go off when the
that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and
on are: the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service.
replaced with the spare tire.
The spare tire does not have a
10-52 Vehicle Care
TPMS Sensor Matching The TPMS sensor matching 7. Start with the driver side
Process process is: front tire.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique 1. Set the parking brake. 8. Place the relearn tool against
identification code. The identification 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the tire sidewall, near the valve
code needs to be matched to a new the engine off. stem. Then press the button
tire/wheel position after rotating the to activate the TPMS sensor.
tires or replacing one or more of the 3. Use the MENU button to select A horn chirp confirms that the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor the Vehicle Information menu in sensor identification code has
matching process should also be the Driver Information been matched to this tire and
performed after replacing a spare Center (DIC). wheel position.
tire with a road tire containing the 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 9. Proceed to the passenger
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light the Tire Pressure menu item side front tire, and repeat the
and the DIC message should go screen. procedure in Step 8.
off at the next ignition cycle. The
5. Press the SET/CLR button to 10. Proceed to the passenger
sensors are matched to the tire/
begin the sensor matching side rear tire, and repeat the
wheel positions, using a TPMS
process. procedure in Step 8.
relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side A message requesting 11. Proceed to the driver side rear
front tire, passenger side rear tire, acceptance of the process tire, and repeat the procedure
and driver side rear. See your should display. in Step 8. The horn sounds two
dealer for service or to purchase a 6. Press the SET/CLR button again times to indicate the sensor
relearn tool. to confirm the selection. identification code has been
There are two minutes to match matched to the driver side rear
The horn sounds twice to signal tire, and the TPMS sensor
the first tire/wheel position, and the receiver is in relearn mode
five minutes overall to match all matching process is no longer
and the TIRE LEARNING active. The TIRE LEARNING
four tire/wheel positions. If it takes ACTIVE message displays on
longer, the matching process stops ACTIVE message on the DIC
the DIC screen. display screen goes off.
and must be restarted.
Vehicle Care 10-53
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tire has a bump, bulge, Also check for damaged tires or
13. Set all four tires to the
or split. wheels. See When It Is Time for
recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, New Tires on page 1054 and
level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot Wheel Replacement on
and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of page 1059.
the size or location of the
Tire Inspection damage.
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation
vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every
for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
least once a month. Scheduled Maintenance on
Replace the tire if: page 112.
. The indicators at three or Tires are rotated to achieve a
more places around the tire uniform wear for all tires. The
can be seen. first rotation is the most
important. Use this rotation pattern when
. There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's Any time unusual wear is rotating the tires.
rubber. noticed, rotate the tires as Do not include the compact
soon as possible and check spare tire in the tire rotation.
. The tread or sidewall is
the wheel alignment. Also check
cracked, cut, or snagged for damaged tires or wheels.
deep enough to show cord
or fabric.
10-54 Vehicle Care
Adjust the front and rear tires When It Is Time for New
to the recommended inflation { WARNING Tires
pressure on the Tire and Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
Loading Information label after Factors such as maintenance,
parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds,
the tires have been rotated See make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions
Tire Pressure on page 1047 after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires.
and Vehicle Load Limits on off and cause an accident. When
page 911. changing a wheel, remove any
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor rust or dirt from places where the
System. SeeTire Pressure wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Monitor Operation on
towel can be used; however, use
page 1050.
a scraper or wire brush later to
Make certain that all wheel remove all rust or dirt.
nuts are properly tightened.
See Wheel Nut Torque under Lightly coat the center of the
Capacities and Specifications on wheel hub with wheel bearing
page 122. grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Treadwear indicators are one way to
or rust build-up. Do not get
tell when it is time for new tires.
grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators appear when
mounting surface or on the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
wheel nuts or bolts. or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 1053 and Tire
Rotation on page 1053 for more
information.
Vehicle Care 10-55
The rubber in tires ages over time. Parking for an extended period GM's exclusive TPC Spec
This also applies for the spare tire, can cause flat spots on the tires system considers over a
if the vehicle has one, even if it is that may result in vibrations while dozen critical specifications that
never used. Multiple conditions driving. When storing a vehicle for impact the overall performance
including temperatures, loading at least a month, remove the tires or
of the vehicle, including brake
conditions, and inflation pressure raise the vehicle to reduce the
maintenance affect how fast aging weight from the tires. system performance, ride and
takes place. Tires will typically need handling, traction control,
to be replaced due to wear before Buying New Tires and tire pressure monitoring
they may need to be replaced performance. GM's TPC Spec
due to age. Consult the tire GM has developed and number is molded onto the tire's
manufacturer for more information matched specific tires for sidewall near the tire size. If the
on when tires should be replaced. the vehicle. The original tires have an allseason tread
equipment tires installed were design, the TPC Spec number
Vehicle Storage designed to meet General will be followed by MS for mud
Tires age when stored normally Motors Tire Performance and snow. See Tire Sidewall
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Criteria Specification (TPC Labeling on page 1042 for
a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec) system rating. When
least a month in a cool, dry, clean additional information.
replacement tires are needed,
area away from direct sunlight to GM recommends replacing all
slow aging. This area should be
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC the tires at the same time.
free of grease, gasoline, or other Uniform tread depth on all
substances that can deteriorate Spec rating.
tires will help to maintain the
rubber.
performance of the vehicle.
10-56 Vehicle Care
Braking and handling If the vehicle tires must be

performance may be adversely { WARNING replaced with a tire that does
affected if all the tires are not Mixing tires of different sizes, not have a TPC Spec number,
replaced at the same time. See brands, or types may cause make sure they are the same
Tire Inspection on page 1053 loss of control of the vehicle, size, load range, speed rating,
and Tire Rotation on page 1053 resulting in a crash or other and construction (radial) as the
for information on proper tire vehicle damage. Use the original tires.
rotation. correct size, brand, and type Vehicles that have a tire
of tires on all wheels. pressure monitoring system
{ WARNING could give an inaccurate
Tires could explode during lowpressure warning if
improper service. Attempting to { WARNING nonTPC Spec rated tires are
mount or dismount a tire could installed. See Tire Pressure
cause injury or death. Only your Using bias-ply tires on the Monitor System on page 1048.
dealer or authorized tire service vehicle may cause the wheel The Tire and Loading
center should mount or dismount rim flanges to develop cracks Information label indicates the
the tires. after many miles of driving. original equipment tires on the
A tire and/or wheel could fail vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
suddenly and cause a crash. on page 911 for the label
Use only radial-ply tires with location and more information
the wheels on the vehicle. about the Tire and Loading
Information label.
Vehicle Care 10-57
Different Size Tires and WARNING (Continued)

(NHTSA), which grades tires
Wheels by treadwear, traction, and
developed for the vehicle, and temperature performance. This
If wheels or tires are installed that applies only to vehicles sold in
are a different size than the original have them properly installed by
a GM certified technician. the United States. The grades
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
are molded on the sidewalls of
ride and handling characteristics, most passenger car tires. The
See Buying New Tires on
stability, and resistance to rollover page 1055 and Accessories and Uniform Tire Quality Grading
may be affected. If the vehicle has Modifications on page 103 for (UTQG) system does not apply
electronic systems such as antilock additional information. to deep tread, winter-type snow
brakes, rollover airbags, traction tires, space-saver, or temporary
control, and electronic stability Uniform Tire Quality use spare tires, tires with
control, the performance of these nominal rim diameters of
systems can also be affected. Grading
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
Quality grades can be found or to some limited-production
{ WARNING where applicable on the tire tires.
sidewall between tread shoulder
If different sized wheels are used, and maximum section width. While the tires available on
there may not be an acceptable For example: General Motors passenger cars
level of performance and safety and light trucks may vary with
if tires not recommended for Treadwear 200 Traction AA respect to these grades, they
those wheels are selected. This Temperature A must also conform to federal
increases the chance of a crash safety requirements and
The following information relates
and serious injury. Only use GM additional General Motors Tire
specific wheel and tire systems
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway Performance Criteria (TPC)
(Continued) Traffic Safety Administration standards.
10-58 Vehicle Care
All Passenger Car Tires Must Traction AA, A, B, C tested under controlled
Conform to Federal Safety The traction grades, from conditions on a specified
Requirements In Addition To highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, indoor laboratory test wheel.
These Grades. and C. Those grades represent Sustained high temperature can
the tire's ability to stop on wet cause the material of the tire to
Treadwear
pavement as measured under degenerate and reduce tire life,
The treadwear grade is a and excessive temperature
controlled conditions on
comparative rating based on the can lead to sudden tire failure.
specified government test
wear rate of the tire when tested The grade C corresponds to a
surfaces of asphalt and
under controlled conditions on a level of performance which all
concrete. A tire marked C may
specified government test passenger car tires must meet
have poor traction performance.
course. For example, a tire under the Federal Motor Safety
Warning: The traction grade
graded 150 would wear one and Standard No. 109. Grades B and
assigned to this tire is based on
a half (1) times as well on the A represent higher levels of
straight-ahead braking traction
government course as a tire performance on the laboratory
tests, and does not include
graded 100. The relative test wheel than the minimum
acceleration, cornering,
performance of tires depends required by law. Warning: The
hydroplaning, or peak traction
upon the actual conditions of temperature grade for this tire
characteristics.
their use, however, and may is established for a tire that
depart significantly from the Temperature A, B, C is properly inflated and not
norm due to variations in driving The temperature grades overloaded. Excessive speed,
habits, service practices and are A (the highest), B, and C, underinflation, or excessive
differences in road representing the tire's resistance loading, either separately or in
characteristics and climate. to the generation of heat and combination, can cause heat
its ability to dissipate heat when buildup and possible tire failure.
Vehicle Care 10-59
Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of Notice: The wrong wheel can
wheel that is needed. also cause problems with
Balance bearing life, brake cooling,
Each new wheel should have the
The tires and wheels were aligned same load-carrying capacity, speedometer or odometer
and balanced at the factory to diameter, width, offset, and be calibration, headlamp aim,
provide the longest tire life and best mounted the same way as the bumper height, vehicle ground
overall performance. Adjustments to one it replaces. clearance, and tire or tire chain
wheel alignment and tire balancing clearance to the body and
will not be necessary on a regular Replace wheels, wheel bolts, chassis.
basis. However, check the wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new See If a Tire Goes Flat on
alignment if there is unusual tire page 1060 for more information.
wear or if the vehicle is pulling to GM original equipment parts.
one side or the other. If the vehicle Used Replacement Wheels
vibrates when driving on a smooth { WARNING
road, the tires and wheels might
need to be rebalanced. See your Using the wrong replacement
{ WARNING
dealer for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Replacing a wheel with a used
nuts can be dangerous. It could one is dangerous. How it has
Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of been used or how far it has been
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, driven may be unknown. It could
Replace any wheel that is bent,
and cause loss of control, causing fail suddenly and cause a crash.
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep a crash. Always use the correct When replacing wheels, use a
coming loose, the wheel, wheel wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel new GM original equipment
bolts, and wheel nuts should be nuts for replacement. wheel.
replaced. If the wheel leaks air,
replace it. Some aluminum wheels
can be repaired. See your dealer
if any of these conditions exist.
10-60 Vehicle Care
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

{ WARNING
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
{ WARNING while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire.
Do not use tire chains. There is out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has
not enough clearance. Tire chains leak out slowly. But if there ever is a been driven on while severely
used on a vehicle without the blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a
proper amount of clearance can what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash.
cause damage to the brakes, Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
suspension, or other vehicle that has been driven on while
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the severely underinflated or flat.
toward that side. Take your foot off
tire chains could cause loss of the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized
control and a crash. Use another steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or
type of traction device only if its maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as
manufacturer recommends it for gently brake to a stop, well off the possible.
the vehicle's tire size combination road, if possible.
and road conditions. Follow that
A rear blowout, particularly on a
manufacturer's instructions. To
curve, acts much like a skid and
avoid vehicle damage, drive
may require the same correction
slowly and readjust or remove the as used in a skid. Stop pressing
traction device if it contacts the the accelerator pedal and steer to
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
them on the rear tires. to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
Vehicle Care 10-61
This vehicle may come with a jack,

{ WARNING { WARNING spare tire, and wheel block(s) or a
tire sealant and compressor kit. To
Lifting a vehicle and getting Changing a tire can be use the jacking equipment to
under it to do maintenance or dangerous. The vehicle can change a spare tire safely, follow
repairs is dangerous without the slip off the jack and roll over or the instructions below. Then see
appropriate safety equipment and fall causing injury or death. Find Tire Changing on page 1070. To
training. If a jack is provided with a level place to change the tire. use the tire sealant and compressor
the vehicle, it is designed only for To help prevent the vehicle from kit, see Tire Sealant and
changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: Compressor Kit on page 1062.
anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic
is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a
use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly
is raised.
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to
warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle.
Warning Flashers on page 64. 5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire To use the wheel blocks, lift the
being changed. wheel block and lock it into place.
10-62 Vehicle Care
When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), Tire Sealant and
use the following example as a
Compressor Kit
{ WARNING
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (A). Overinflating a tire could
{ WARNING cause the tire to rupture and
you or others could be injured.
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Be sure to read and follow the
area with poor ventilation is tire sealant and compressor kit
dangerous. Engine exhaust may instructions and inflate the tire to
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust its recommended pressure. Do
contains carbon monoxide (CO) not exceed the recommended
which cannot be seen or smelled. pressure.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
A. Wheel Block engine in an enclosed area that
B. Flat Tire has no fresh air ventilation. For { WARNING
more information, see Engine Storing the tire sealant and
The following information explains
Exhaust on page 923. compressor kit or other
how to repair or change a tire.
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle
could cause injury. In a sudden
stop or collision, loose equipment
could strike someone. Store the
tire sealant and compressor kit in
its original location.
Vehicle Care 10-63
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and The kit includes: Tire Sealant
compressor kit, there may not be a
Read and follow the safe handling
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
instructions on the label adhered to
and on some vehicles there may not
the sealant canister.
be a place to store a tire.
Check the tire sealant expiration
The tire sealant and compressor
date on the sealant canister.
can be used to temporarily seal
The sealant canister should be
punctures up to 6 mm ( inch) in
replaced before its expiration date.
the tread area of the tire. It can also
Replacement sealant canisters are
be used to inflate an under
available at your local dealer. See
inflated tire.
Removal and Installation of the
If the tire has been separated from Sealant Canister following.
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
There is only enough sealant to
or has a large puncture, the tire is
A. Air Compressor seal one tire. After usage, the
too severely damaged for the tire
B. Tire Sealant Canister sealant canister and sealant/air
sealant and compressor kit to be
hose assembly must be replaced.
effective. See Roadside Assistance C. Power Plug See Removal and Installation
Program on page 136.
D. On/Off Button of the Sealant Canister following.
Read and follow all of the tire
sealant and compressor kit E. Pressure Gauge
instructions. F. Air Only Hose (Black)
G. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
10-64 Vehicle Care
Using the Tire Sealant If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 4. Remove the valve stem cap
and Compressor Kit to and wheel damage by driving slowly from the flat tire by turning it
Temporarily Seal and Inflate to a level place. Turn on the hazard counterclockwise.
a Punctured Tire warning flashers. See Hazard 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (G)
Warning Flashers on page 64. onto the tire valve stem. Turn it
See If a Tire Goes Flat on clockwise until it is tight.
page 1060 for other important 6. Plug the power plug (C) into the
safety warnings. accessory power outlet in the
Do not remove any objects that vehicle. Unplug all items from
have penetrated the tire. other accessory power outlets.
1. Remove the tire sealant and See Power Outlets on page 55.
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle has an accessory
location. See Storing the Tire power outlet, do not use the
Sealant and Compressor Kit on cigarette lighter.
page 1069. If the vehicle only has a cigarette
Make sure the on/off button (D) lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
When using the tire sealant is in the off (O) position. Do not pinch the power plug
and compressor kit during cold 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (G) cord in the door or window.
temperatures, warm the kit in a and the power plug (C). 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
heated environment for five minutes.
3. Place the kit on the ground. must be running while using the
This will help to inflate the tire
Make sure the tire valve stem is air compressor.
faster.
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
Vehicle Care 10-65
8. Press the on/off (D) button to The pressure gauge (E) may The tire is not sealed and
turn the tire sealant and read higher than the actual tire will continue to leak air until
compressor kit on. pressure while the compressor the vehicle is driven and the
The compressor will inject is on. Turn the compressor sealant is distributed in the tire.
sealant and air into the tire. off to get an accurate pressure Therefore, Steps 11 through
reading. The compressor may 17 must be done immediately
The pressure gauge (E) will be turned on/off until the correct after Step 10.
initially show a high pressure pressure is reached.
while the compressor pushes the Be careful while handling the
sealant into the tire. Once the Notice: If the recommended tire sealant and compressor kit
sealant is completely dispersed pressure cannot be reached after as it could be warm after
into the tire, the pressure will approximately 25 minutes, the usage.
quickly drop and start to rise vehicle should not be driven 11. Unplug the power plug (C) from
again as the tire inflates with farther. The tire is too severely the accessory power outlet in
air only. damaged and the tire sealant and the vehicle.
compressor kit cannot inflate the
9. Inflate the tire to the tire. Remove the power plug from 12. Turn the sealant/air hose (G)
recommended inflation pressure the accessory power outlet and counterclockwise to remove it
using the pressure gauge (E). unscrew the inflating hose from from the tire valve stem.
The recommended inflation the tire valve. See Roadside 13. Replace the tire valve
pressure can be found on the Assistance Program on stem cap.
Tire and Loading Information page 136.
label. See Tire Pressure on 14. Replace the sealant/air hose
page 1047. 10. Press the on/off button (D) to (G), and the power plug (C)
turn the tire sealant and back in their original location.
compressor kit off.
10-66 Vehicle Care
18. Stop at a safe location and 19. Wipe off any sealant from the
check the tire pressure. Refer wheel, tire or vehicle.
to Steps 1 through 11 under 20. Dispose of the used sealant
Using the Tire Sealant and canister (B) and sealant/air
Compressor Kit without hose (G) assembly at a local
Sealant to Inflate a Tire dealer or in accordance with
15. If the flat tire was able to (Not Punctured). local state codes and practices.
inflate to the recommended If the tire pressure has fallen 21. Replace it with a new canister
inflation pressure, remove the more than 68 kPa (10 psi) available from your dealer.
maximum speed label from the below the recommended
sealant canister (B) and place inflation pressure, stop driving 22. After temporarily sealing a
it in a highly visible location. the vehicle. The tire is too tire using the tire sealant
severely damaged and the tire and compressor kit, take the
Do not exceed the speed on
sealant cannot seal the tire. vehicle to an authorized dealer
this label until the damaged tire
See Roadside Assistance within 161 km (100 miles) of
is repaired or replaced.
Program on page 136. driving to have the tire repaired
16. Return the equipment to its or replaced.
original storage location in the If the tire pressure has not
vehicle. dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
17. Immediately drive the vehicle inflation pressure, inflate the
8 km (5 miles) to distribute the tire to the recommended
sealant in the tire. inflation pressure.
Vehicle Care 10-67
Using the Tire Sealant and See If a Tire Goes Flat on 7. Attach the air only hose (F) onto
Compressor Kit without page 1060 for other important the tire valve stem and press the
Sealant to Inflate a Tire safety warnings. lever down to secure it.
(Not Punctured) 1. Remove the tire sealant and 8. Plug the power plug (C) into the
To use the air compressor to inflate compressor kit from its storage accessory power outlet in the
a tire with air only and not sealant: location. See Storing the Tire vehicle. Unplug all items from
Sealant and Compressor Kit on other accessory power outlets.
page 1069. See Power Outlets on page 55.
2. Unlock the air only hose (F) If the vehicle has an accessory
from the sealant canister (B) by power outlet, do not use the
pulling up on the lever. cigarette lighter.
3. Pull the air only hose (F) from If the vehicle only has a cigarette
the sealant canister (B). lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
4. Remove the power plug (C) from Do not pinch the power plug
the air compressor (A). cord in the door or window.
5. Place the kit on the ground. 9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
Make sure the tire valve stem is must be running while using the
positioned close to the ground air compressor.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire so the hose will reach it. 10. Press the on/off (D) button to
and wheel damage by driving slowly turn the compressor on.
6. Remove the tire valve stem cap
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
by turning it counterclockwise. The compressor will inflate the
warning flashers. See Hazard
tire with air only.
Warning Flashers on page 64.
10-68 Vehicle Care
11. Inflate the tire to the 13. Unplug the power plug (C) from Removal and Installation of the
recommended inflation the accessory power outlet in Sealant Canister
pressure using the pressure the vehicle.
gauge (E). The recommended To remove the sealant canister:
14. Disconnect the air only
inflation pressure can be found hose (F) from the tire valve
on the Tire and Loading stem by lifting the lever.
Information label. See Tire Replace the tire valve
Pressure on page 1047. stem cap.
The pressure gauge (E) may 15. Replace the air only hose (F)
read higher than the actual tire and the power plug (C) back in
pressure while the compressor its original location.
is on. Turn the compressor off 1. Unlock the air only hose (F) from
to get an accurate reading. 16. Place the equipment in the the sealant canister (B) by
The compressor may be turned original storage location in the pulling up on the lever.
on/off until the correct pressure vehicle. 2. Pull the air only hose (F) from
is reached. The tire sealant and compressor kit the sealant canister (B).
12. Press the on/off button (D) to has an accessory adapter located in 3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (G)
turn the tire sealant and a compartment on the bottom of its from the compressor (A).
compressor kit off. housing that may be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
Vehicle Care 10-69
To install a new sealant canister: To remove the kit:

1. Align the sealant/air hose (G) 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
with the slot in the air page 28.
compressor.
2. Push the sealant canister (B)
down and turn it clockwise.
3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (G)
around the air compressor
channel to stow it in its original
location.
4. Push the air only hose (F) onto
4. Turn the sealant canister (B) so the sealant canister inlet and
the inflator filling hose is aligned push the lever down.
with the slot in the compressor.
5. Lift the sealant canister (B) from Storing the Tire Sealant
the compressor and replace with and Compressor Kit 2. Turn the left knob
a new sealant canister. See your counterclockwise and the right
dealer for more information. The tire sealant and compressor kit knob clockwise, 90 degrees, at
is located in the trunk, under the the same time. Then pull the
load floor, behind an access panel. access panel rearward and up
to remove it.
10-70 Vehicle Care
Tire Changing the tool bag containing the

wheel wrench and wheel
Removing the Spare Tire and blocks (C), and the spare
Tools tire (D).
To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 28.
2. Lift the load floor.
3. Pull the inflator kit rearward.

Squeeze the two tabs of the
quick release buckle to remove
the tire sealant and
compressor kit.
4. Remove the jack handle
To store the inflator kit, reverse the extension (B) and jack (A).
steps.
3. Turn the retainer nut (A)

counterclockwise to remove it.
Then remove the tool bag
tether (B) from the stow rod,
Vehicle Care 10-71
Removing the Flat Tire and If needed, finish loosening them

Installing the Spare Tire with your fingers. The plastic nut
caps will not come off.
This vehicle may have aluminum
wheels with exposed wheel nuts. If needed, use the flat end of the
Use the wheel wrench to loosen all wheel wrench and pry along the
the wheel nuts. Do not remove edge of the cover until it comes off.
them yet. The edge of the wheel cover could
be sharp, so do not try to remove it
Or, this vehicle may have steel with your bare hands. Do not drop
wheels with plastic covers. the cover or lay it face down, as
it could become scratched or
damaged. Store the wheel cover in
This vehicle will have either a the trunk until the flat tire is repaired
coin/pierce jack (D) and a jack or replaced.
handle extension (C) or a hex Once you have removed the wheel
head jack (B) and a jack lift cover, use the following procedure
assist tool (A). to remove the flat tire and install the
Place the tools next to the tire spare tire.
being changed. 1. Do a safety check before
5. Place the spare tire next to the proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
tire being changed. Flat on page 1060 for more
information.
To remove the plastic covers and
wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic
nut caps with the wheel wrench in a
counterclockwise direction.
10-72 Vehicle Care
6. Place the jack under the vehicle.

7. If you have a coin/pierce jack,
attach the jack handle extension
to the jack by sliding the hook
through the end of the jack.
If you have a hex-head jack,
attach the jack lift-assist tool by
placing the hex of the jack
lift-assist tool over the hex head
of the jack.
Notice: Make sure that the jack
2. Turn the wheel wrench 5. If this vehicle is the RS model, lift head is in the correct position
counterclockwise once on each locate the front or rear jack or you may damage your vehicle.
wheel nut to loosen it. Do not cover on the rocker molding The repairs would not be covered
remove them yet. near the tire being changed. by your warranty.
3. Place the jack near the flat tire. Place your hand behind the
4. Place the wheel blocks on both edge of the cover on the rocker
sides of the tire at the opposite molding. Pull down and out to
corner of the tire being changed. remove the cover.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on The cover will remain attached
page 1060 for proper wheel to the molding by a tether.
block placement.
Vehicle Care 10-73
{ WARNING
Raising the vehicle with the
jack improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
8. Position the jack lift head at the Coin Pierce Jack Shown, Hex
jack location nearest the flat tire. { WARNING Head Jack Similar
The location is indicated by a 9. Raise the jack by turning the
notch in the flange. The jack Lifting a vehicle and getting handle clockwise until it comes
must not be used in any other under it to do maintenance or in contact with the notch in the
position. repairs is dangerous without the flange.
appropriate safety equipment and
{ WARNING training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
Getting under a vehicle when it is changing a flat tire. If it is used for
jacked up is dangerous. If the anything else, you or others could
vehicle slips off the jack, you be badly injured or killed if the
could be badly injured or killed. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
Never get under a vehicle when is provided with the vehicle, only
it is supported only by a jack. use it for changing a flat tire.
10-74 Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued)
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Make sure the jack lift head 10. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
notch is placed in the flange 11. Remove the flat tire.
notch.
Raise the vehicle far enough off
the ground so there is enough
{ WARNING
room for the road tire to clear the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
ground. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come 12. Remove any rust or dirt from
off and cause an accident. When the wheel bolts, mounting
changing a wheel, remove any surfaces, and spare wheel.
rust or dirt from places where the
13. Place the compact spare tire
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In on the wheel-mounting surface.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-75
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Never use oil or grease on bolts after replacing. Follow the torque
or nuts because the nuts might specification supplied by the
come loose. The vehicle's wheel aftermarket manufacturer when
could fall off, causing a crash. using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Specifications on page 122 for
Tighten each nut by hand until original equipment wheel nut
the wheel is held against torque specifications.
the hub.
15. Lower the vehicle by turning Notice: Improperly tightened 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
the jack handle wheel nuts can lead to brake a crisscross sequence, as
counterclockwise. pulsation and rotor damage. To shown.
avoid expensive brake repairs, 17. Lower the jack all the way and
{ WARNING evenly tighten the wheel nuts in
the proper sequence and to the
remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or proper torque specification. See
incorrectly tightened can cause Capacities and Specifications on 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
the wheels to become loose or page 122 for the wheel nut with the wheel wrench.
come off. The wheel nuts should torque specification.
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
(Continued)
10-76 Vehicle Care
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit

on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{ WARNING
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
Front Jack Cover Shown, Rear equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could 3. Place the flat tire in the storage
Jack Cover Similar compartment with the valve
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
19. If this vehicle is the RS model, stem down.
collision, loose equipment could
snap the jack cover back into strike someone. Store all these in 4. Place the jack and jack handle
place. the proper place. extension in the foam container.
20. Remove the wheel blocks and 5. Place the foam container inside
return them to their proper Storing the Flat Tire and Tools the flat tire. Align the hole with
storage location. the stow rod.
1. Replace the wheel wrench and
When reinstalling the wheel cover wheel blocks in the tool bag. 6. Place the tool bag tether over
or center cap on the full-size tire, the stow rod.
tighten all five plastic caps hand 2. Remove the foam container from
snug with the aid of the wheel the rear storage compartment.
wrench and tighten them with
the wheel wrench an additional
onequarter of a turn.
Vehicle Care 10-77
7. Turn the retainer nut clockwise If this vehicle has a compact spare Notice: When the compact
until tight. tire, it was fully inflated when the spare is installed, do not take
8. Replace the load floor. vehicle was new; however, it can the vehicle through an automatic
lose air after a time. Check the car wash with guide rails. The
The load floor may not lay flat. inflation pressure regularly. It compact spare can get caught on
The compact spare is for temporary should be 420 kPa (60 psi). the rails which can damage the
use only. Replace the compact After installing the compact spare tire, wheel and other parts of the
spare tire with a full-size tire as on the vehicle, stop as soon as vehicle.
soon as you can. possible and make sure the spare Do not use the compact spare on
Storing the Compact Spare Tire tire is correctly inflated. The other vehicles.
and Tools compact spare is made to perform Do not mix the compact spare tire
well at speeds up to 105 km/h or wheel with other wheels or tires.
Reverse the instructions for (65 mph) for distances up to
removing the spare tire and tools They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
5 000 km (3,000 mi), so you can and its wheel together.
to store the compact spare tire. finish your trip and have the full-size
tire repaired or replaced at your Notice: Tire chains will not fit the
Compact Spare Tire convenience. Of course, it is best to compact spare. Using them can
replace the spare with a full-size tire damage the vehicle and can
damage the chains too. Do not
{ WARNING as soon as possible. The spare tire
will last longer and be in good use tire chains on the compact
Driving with more than one shape in case it is needed again. spare.
compact spare tire at a time
could result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
10-78 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps

could result in costly damage to
Connect to a spot as far away
from the discharged battery as
For more information about the the vehicle that would not be possible.
vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. These locations are used instead of
page 1025.
Trying to start the vehicle by a direct connection to the battery.
If the battery has run down, try to pushing or pulling it will not The positive jump start connection
use another vehicle and some work, and it could damage the is under a trim cover. Open the
jumper cables to start your vehicle. vehicle. cover door to expose the terminal.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a
{ WARNING negative ground system.
Notice: Only use a vehicle
Batteries can hurt you. They can that has a 12-volt system
be dangerous because: with a negative ground for jump
. They contain acid that can starting. If the other vehicle does
burn you. not have a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles
. They contain gas that can can be damaged.
explode or ignite.
2. Position the two vehicles so that
. They contain enough they are not touching.
electricity to burn you. The jump start positive post (B) is
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
If you do not follow these steps located in the engine compartment
put the shift lever in P (Park)
exactly, some or all of these on the driver side of the vehicle.
with an automatic transmission,
things can hurt you. The jump start negative grounding or neutral with a manual
point (D) is the engine block transmission. See Shifting Into
or an engine mounting bolt. Park (Automatic Transmission)
Vehicle Care 10-79
on page 920 with an automatic

transmission, or Parking on { WARNING { WARNING
page 923 with a manual
transmission. Using a match near a battery can Fans or other moving engine
cause battery gas to explode. parts can injure you badly. Keep
Notice: If the radio or other People have been hurt doing this, your hands away from moving
accessories are left on during the and some have been blinded. parts once the engine is running.
jump starting procedure, they Use a flashlight if you need more
could be damaged. The repairs light.
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always turn off the Be sure the battery has enough
radio and other accessories when water. You do not need to add
jump starting the vehicle. water to the battery installed in
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. your new vehicle. But if a battery
Turn off all lights and has filler caps, be sure the right
accessories in both vehicles, amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
except the hazard warning add water to take care of that
flashers if needed. first. If you don't, explosive gas
could be present.
{ WARNING Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
An electric fan can start up even you. If you accidentally get it in 5. Connect one end of the red
when the engine is not running your eyes or on your skin, flush positive (+) cable to the jump
and can injure you. Keep hands, the place with water and get start positive (+) post (B).
clothing and tools away from any medical help immediately. 6. Connect the other end of
underhood electric fan. the red positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery (A).
10-80 Vehicle Care
7. Connect one end of the black To disconnect the jumper cables

negative () cable to the from both vehicles:
negative () terminal of the 1. Disconnect the black
good battery (C). negative () cable from the
8. Connect the other end of the vehicle that had the dead
black negative () cable to the battery.
negative () grounding point (D). 2. Disconnect the black
9. Start the engine in the vehicle negative () cable from the
with the good battery and run vehicle with the good battery.
the engine at idle speed for at 3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
least four minutes. cable from the vehicle with the
10. Try to start the vehicle that Jumper Cable Removal good battery.
had the dead battery. If it will 4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
not start after a few tries, it cable from the other vehicle.
Part or Remote Negative ()
probably needs service.
Terminal 5. Return the covers over the
Notice: If the jumper cables are positive (+) and negative ()
B. Good Battery or Remote
connected or removed in the terminals to their original
Positive (+) and Remote
wrong order, electrical shorting positions.
Negative () Terminals
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be C. Dead Battery or Remote
covered by the vehicle warranty. Positive (+) Terminal
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other
or other metal.
Vehicle Care 10-81

. Does the vehicle have the
Towing Recreational Vehicle proper towing equipment.
Towing See your dealer or trailering
Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing refers to professional for additional
Notice: To avoid damage, the towing the vehicle behind another advice and equipment
disabled vehicle should be vehicle such as behind a motor recommendations.
towed with all four wheels off the home. The two most common types . Is the vehicle ready to be towed.
ground. Care must be taken with of recreational vehicle towing are Just as preparing the vehicle
vehicles that have low ground known as dinghy towing and dolly for a long trip, make sure the
clearance and/or special towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle is prepared to be towed.
equipment. Always flatbed vehicle with all four wheels on the
on a car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the Dinghy Towing
vehicle with two wheels on the When dinghy towing a vehicle
Consult your dealer or a
ground and two wheels up on a with an automatic transmission,
professional towing service if the
device known as a dolly. the vehicle should be run at the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
See Roadside Assistance Program Here are some important things to beginning of each day and at each
on page 136. consider before recreational vehicle RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
towing: This will ensure proper lubrication
To tow the vehicle behind another of transmission components.
vehicle for recreational purposes, . The towing capacity of the
such as behind a motorhome, see towing vehicle. Be sure to read
Recreational Vehicle Towing in this the tow vehicle manufacturer's
section. recommendations.
. How far will the vehicle be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
10-82 Vehicle Care
4. To prevent the battery from

draining while the vehicle is
being towed, remove fuse 22
from the instrument panel fuse
block. See Instrument Panel
Fuse Block on page 1038 for
more information.
5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
6. Shift the automatic transmission
to N (Neutral) or a manual
transmission to neutral.
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the 7. Turn the ignition to ACC/ Notice: Towing the vehicle from
front with all four wheels on the ACCESSORY. the rear could damage it. Also,
ground: 8. Release the parking brake. repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Never have
1. Position the vehicle to tow and Remember to reinstall the fuse once the vehicle towed from the rear.
then secure it to the towing the destination has been reached.
vehicle.
Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is
2. Shift the automatic transmission exceeded while towing the
to P (Park) or a manual vehicle, it could be damaged.
transmission into first gear and Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph)
turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. while towing the vehicle.
3. Set the parking brake.
Vehicle Care 10-83
Dolly Towing 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a Appearance Care

straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing. Exterior Care
5. Remove the key from the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
ignition. Lenses
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
7. Release the parking brake. soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
Follow instructions under Washing
the Vehicle later in this section.
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing
Tow the vehicle with the two rear of the vehicle by hand may be
wheels on the ground and the front necessary to remove residue from
wheels on a dolly: the paint finish. Approved cleaning
To tow the vehicle with two wheels products can be obtained from your
on the ground and a dolly: dealer.
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. If the vehicle has a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish, the
2. Shift the automatic transmission clearcoat gives more depth and
into P (Park) or a manual Notice: Towing the vehicle from
the rear could damage it. Also, gloss to the colored basecoat.
transmission into first gear.
repairs would not be covered by
3. Set the parking brake. the vehicle warranty. Never have
the vehicle towed from the rear.
10-84 Vehicle Care
Always use waxes and polishes that To keep the paint finish looking Notice: Certain cleaners contain
are non-abrasive and made for a new, keep the vehicle garaged or chemicals that can damage the
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. covered whenever possible. emblems or nameplates on the
Notice: Machine compounding vehicle. Check the cleaning
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal product label. If it states that it
or aggressive polishing on a Parts
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish should not be used on plastic
Bright metal parts should be parts, do not use it on the vehicle
may damage it. Use only
cleaned regularly to keep their or damage may occur and it
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
luster. Wash with water or use would not be covered by the
that are made for a basecoat/
chrome polish on chrome or warranty.
clearcoat paint finish on the
stainless steel trim, if necessary.
vehicle. Do not use cleaning agents that are
Use special care with aluminum petroleum based or that contain
Foreign materials such as calcium
chloride and other salts, ice melting trim. To avoid damaging protective acid or abrasives, as they can
agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, trim, never use auto or chrome damage the paint, metal, or plastic
bird droppings, chemicals from polish, steam, or caustic soap to on the vehicle. Approved cleaning
clean aluminum. A coating of products can be obtained from your
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they wax, rubbed to high polish, is dealer. Follow all manufacturer
remain on painted surfaces. Wash recommended for all bright metal directions regarding correct product
the vehicle as soon as possible. parts. usage, necessary safety
If necessary, use non-abrasive precautions, and appropriate
Washing the Vehicle disposal of any vehicle care
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign To preserve the vehicle's finish, product.
matter. keep it clean by washing it often.
Exterior painted surfaces are Do not wash the vehicle in direct
subject to aging, weather, and sunlight and use a car
chemical fallout that can take their washing soap.
toll over a period of years.
Vehicle Care 10-85
Rinse the vehicle well, before Shutter System Wheels and Trim Aluminum
washing and after, to remove all or Chrome
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface, The vehicle may have either
they could stain. aluminum or chrome-plated wheels.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean Keep the wheels clean using a soft,
chamois or an all-cotton towel to clean cloth with mild soap and
avoid surface scratches and water water. Rinse with clean water. After
spotting. rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft,
clean towel. A wax may then be
High pressure car washes could applied.
cause water to enter the vehicle.
Avoid using high pressure washes Notice: Chrome wheels and other
closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the chrome trim may be damaged if
surface of the vehicle. Use of power the vehicle is not washed after
washers exceeding 8,274 kPa The vehicle may have a shutter driving on roads that have been
(1,200 psi) can result in damage or system designed to help increase sprayed with magnesium, calcium
removal of paint and decals. fuel economy. Keep the shutter or sodium chloride. These
system clean for proper operation. chlorides are used on roads for
Notice: Conveyor systems on conditions such as ice and dust.
some automatic car washes could Weatherstrips Always wash the vehicle's
damage the vehicle. There may chrome with soap and water after
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will
not be enough clearance for the exposure.
make them last longer, seal better,
undercarriage. Check with the car
and not stick or squeak. Apply
wash manager before using the
silicone grease with a clean cloth.
automatic car wash.
During very cold, damp weather
frequent application may be
required. See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 116.
10-86 Vehicle Care
Notice: Using strong soaps, Use chrome polish only on Windshield and Wiper Blades
chemicals, abrasive polishes, chrome-plated wheels, but avoid
Clean the outside of the windshield
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners any painted surface of the wheel,
with glass cleaner.
that contain acid on aluminum or and buff off immediately after
chrome-plated wheels, could application. Clean the rubber blades using a lint
damage the surface of the free cloth or paper towel soaked
Notice: Driving the vehicle
wheel(s). The repairs would not with windshield washer fluid or a
through an automatic car wash
be covered by the vehicle mild detergent. Wash the windshield
that has silicone carbide tire
warranty. Use only approved thoroughly when cleaning the
cleaning brushes, could damage
cleaners on aluminum or blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
the aluminum or chrome-plated
chrome-plated wheels. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
wheels. The repairs would not be
treatments may cause wiper
The surface of these wheels is covered by the vehicle warranty.
streaking. Replace the wiper blades
similar to the painted surface of the Never drive a vehicle that has
if they are worn or damaged.
vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, aluminum or chrome-plated
chemicals, abrasive polishes, wheels through an automatic car Wipers can be damaged by:
abrasive cleaners, cleaners with wash that uses silicone carbide . Extreme dusty conditions
acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes tire cleaning brushes.
on them because the surface could . Sand and salt
be damaged. Do not use chrome . Heat and sun
polish on aluminum wheels. . Snow and ice, without proper
Notice: Using chrome polish on removal
aluminum wheels could damage
the wheels. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Use chrome polish on
chrome wheels only.
Vehicle Care 10-87
Tires Finish Damage Lubricate Body Components

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Any stone chips, fractures, or deep Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
clean the tires. scratches in the finish should be hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and
Notice: Using petroleum-based repaired right away. Bare metal will steel fuel door hinge unless the
tire dressing products on the corrode quickly and may develop components are plastic. Applying
vehicle may damage the paint into major repair expense. silicone grease on weatherstrips
finish and/or tires. When applying Minor chips and scratches can be with a clean cloth will make them
a tire dressing, always wipe off repaired with touch-up materials last longer, seal better, and not stick
any overspray from all painted available from your dealer. Larger or squeak.
surfaces on the vehicle. areas of finish damage can be Underbody Maintenance
corrected in your dealer's body
Sheet Metal Damage and paint shop. Chemicals used for ice and snow
If the vehicle is damaged and removal and dust control can collect
requires sheet metal repair or
Steering, Suspension, and on the underbody. If these are not
replacement, make sure the body Chassis Components removed, corrosion and rust can
repair shop applies anti-corrosion develop on the underbody parts
Visually inspect front and rear
material to parts repaired or such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,
suspension and steering system
replaced to restore corrosion and exhaust system even though
for damaged, loose, or missing parts
protection. they have corrosion protection.
or signs of wear. Inspect power
Original manufacturer replacement steering lines and hoses for proper Flush these materials from the
parts will provide the corrosion hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, underbody with plain water. Clean
protection while maintaining the chafing, etc. Visually check constant any areas where mud and debris
vehicle warranty. velocity joints, rubber boots, and can collect. Dirt packed in close
axle seals for leaks. areas of the frame should be
loosened before being flushed. Your
dealer or an underbody car washing
system can do this.
10-88 Vehicle Care
Chemical Paint Spotting Remove dust from small buttons on the label. While cleaning the
and knobs with a small brush with interior, maintain adequate
Some weather and atmospheric
soft bristles. ventilation by opening the doors
conditions can create a chemical
Your dealer has products for and windows.
fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall
upon and attack painted surfaces on cleaning the interior. When cleaning Do not clean the interior using the
the vehicle. This damage can take the interior, only use cleaners following cleaners or techniques:
two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped specifically designed for the . Never use a knife or any other
discolorations, and small, irregular surfaces that are being cleaned. sharp object to remove a soil
dark spots etched into the paint Permanent damage can result from from any interior surface.
surface. using cleaners on surfaces for
which they were not intended. Apply . Never use a stiff brush. It can
Interior Care the cleaner directly to the cleaning cause damage.
cloth to prevent over-spray. Remove . Never apply heavy pressure or
The interior will continue to look any accidental over-spray from rub aggressively with a cleaning
its best if it is cleaned often. Dust other surfaces immediately. cloth. Use of heavy pressure can
and dirt can accumulate on the
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners damage the interior and does
upholstery and cause damage to
when cleaning glass surfaces on not improve the effectiveness of
the carpet, fabric, leather, and
the vehicle, could scratch the soil removal.
plastic surfaces. Stains should be
removed quickly as extreme heat glass and/or cause damage to the . Avoid laundry detergents or
could cause them to set rapidly. rear window defogger. When dishwashing soaps with
cleaning the glass on the vehicle, degreasers. Using too much
Lighter colored interiors may require use only a soft cloth and glass soap will leave a residue that
more frequent cleaning. cleaner. leaves streaks and attracts dirt.
Newspapers and garments that can
Cleaners can contain solvents that For liquid cleaners, about
transfer color to home furnishings
can become concentrated in the 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of
can also transfer color to the
interior. Before using cleaners, read water is a good guide. Use only
interior.
and adhere to all safety instructions mild, neutral-pH soaps.
Vehicle Care 10-89

. Do not heavily saturate the To clean: A paper towel can be used to blot
upholstery while cleaning. excess moisture from the fabric or
1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white
. Cleaners that contain solvents cloth with water or club soda. carpet after the cleaning process.
can damage the interior.
2. Remove excess moisture. Leather
Fabric/Carpet 3. Start on the outside edge of the Leather, and lighter colored leather
Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft soil and gently rub toward the in particular, will need more frequent
brush attachment to remove dust center. Continue cleaning, using cleaning to prevent the buildup of
and loose dirt. A canister vacuum a clean area of the cloth each dust, dirt, and colors transferred
with rotating brushes in the nozzle time it becomes soiled. from other items so that these do
may only be used on floor carpet not become permanent stains.
4. Continue to gently rub the
and carpeted floor mats. For soils, soiled area. To remove dust, a soft cloth
always try to remove them first with dampened with water can be used.
plain water or club soda. Before 5. If the soil is not completely If a more thorough cleaning is
cleaning, gently remove as much of removed, use a mild soap necessary, a soft cloth dampened
the soil as possible using one of the solution and repeat the cleaning with a mild soap solution can
following techniques: process with plain water. be used. Your dealer has a GM
. For liquids: gently blot the If any of the soil remains, a approved leather cleaner available
remaining soil with a paper commercial fabric cleaner or spot that provides superior cleaning
towel. Allow the soil to absorb lifter may be necessary. Test a small performance when used regularly
into the paper towel until no hidden area for colorfastness before on finished automotive leathers.
more can be removed. using a commercial upholstery Allow the leather to dry naturally.
cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally Do not use heat, steam, spot lifters
. For solid dry soils: remove as cleaned area gives any impression or spot removers, or shoe polish on
much as possible and then that a ring formation may result, leather. Many commercial leather
vacuum. clean the entire surface. cleaners and coatings that are sold
10-90 Vehicle Care
to preserve and protect leather use silicone or wax-based products, Care of Safety Belts
may permanently change the or those containing organic solvents
Keep belts clean and dry.
appearance and feel of the leather to clean the interior because they
and are not recommended. Do not can alter the appearance by
use silicone or wax-based products, increasing the gloss in a { WARNING
or those containing organic solvents non-uniform manner.
to clean the interior because they Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
Some commercial products may It may severely weaken them. In
can alter the appearance by increase gloss on the instrument
increasing the gloss in a a crash, they might not be able to
panel. The increase in gloss may provide adequate protection.
non-uniform manner. cause annoying reflections in the Clean safety belts only with mild
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and windshield and even make it difficult
soap and lukewarm water.
Other Plastic Surfaces to see through the windshield under
certain conditions.
To remove dust, a soft cloth
dampened with water can be used. Notice: Air fresheners contain
If a more thorough cleaning is solvents that may cause damage
necessary, a clean soft cloth to plastics and painted surfaces.
dampened with a mild soap solution Follow the manufacturers
can be used to gently remove dust instructions when using air
and dirt. Never use spot lifters or fresheners in the vehicle. If air
removers on plastic surfaces. freshener comes in contact with
Many commercial cleaners and paint or a plastic surface, blot
coatings that are sold to preserve immediately with a soft cloth.
and protect soft plastic surfaces Damage caused by using air
may permanently change the fresheners would not be covered
appearance and feel of the interior by the vehicle warranty.
and are not recommended. Do not
Vehicle Care 10-91
Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the
proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats
{ WARNING . The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need
is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended
interfere with the accelerator that GM certified floor mats be
pedal and/or brake pedal. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
Interference with the pedals can may not fit properly and may
cause unintended acceleration interfere with the accelerator or
and/or increased stopping brake pedal. Always check that
distance which can cause a crash the floor mats do not interfere
and injury. Make sure the floor with the pedals.
mat does not interfere with the . Use the floor mat with the
accelerator or brake pedal. correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
. Use only a single floor mat on
retainers and snap into position.
the driver side.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
. Do not place one floor mat on
secured in place.
top of another.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the accelerator,
clutch, or the brake pedal.
10-92 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information Because of all the different ways

people use vehicles, maintenance
Maintenance Notice: Maintenance
intervals, checks, inspections,
needs vary. The vehicle might need
more frequent checks and services.
recommended fluids, and Please read the information under
General Information lubricants are necessary to keep Scheduled Maintenance. To keep
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 this vehicle in good working the vehicle in good condition, see
condition. Damage caused by your dealer.
Scheduled Maintenance failure to follow scheduled
The maintenance schedule is for
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 maintenance might not be
vehicles that:
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Recommended Fluids, . Carry passengers and cargo
Lubricants, and Parts As the vehicle owner, you are
within recommended limits on
Recommended Fluids and responsible for the scheduled
the Tire and Loading Information
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 maintenance in this section. We
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
Maintenance Replacement recommend having your dealer
on page 911.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 perform these services. Proper
. Are driven on reasonable road
vehicle maintenance helps to
Maintenance Records keep the vehicle in good working surfaces within legal driving
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9 condition, improves fuel economy, limits.
and reduces vehicle emissions for
better air quality.
11-2 Service and Maintenance

. Use the recommended fuel. The proper replacement parts,
See Recommended Fuel on fluids, and lubricants to use are
Scheduled
page 939. listed in Recommended Fluids and Maintenance
Lubricants on page 116 and
{ WARNING Maintenance Replacement Parts on When the Change Engine Oil
Soon Message Displays
page 118. We recommend the use
Performing maintenance work can of genuine parts from your dealer. Change engine oil and filter. See
be dangerous. Some jobs can Engine Oil on page 109. An
cause serious injury. Perform Rotation of New Tires
Emission Control Service.
maintenance work only if you To maintain ride, handling, and
have the required know-how and performance of the vehicle, it is When the CHANGE ENGINE
the proper tools and equipment. important that the first rotation OIL SOON DIC message or
service for new tires be performed. Code 82 DIC message displays,
If in doubt, see your dealer to
Tires should be rotated every service is required for the vehicle as
have a qualified technician do the
12 000 km/7,500 mi. See Tire soon as possible, within the next
work. See Doing Your Own 1 000 km/600 mi. If driving under the
Service Work on page 104. Rotation on page 1053.
best conditions, the engine oil life
system might not indicate the need
At your dealer, you can be certain for vehicle service for more than a
that you will receive the highest year. The engine oil and filter must
level of service available. Your be changed at least once a year
dealer has specially trained and the oil life system must be
service technicians, uses genuine reset. Your dealer has trained
replacement parts, as well as, service technicians who will perform
uptodate tools and equipment this work and reset the system.
to ensure fast and accurate If the engine oil life system is reset
diagnostics. accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is Worn or damaged wiper blade

. Body hinges and latches,
changed. See Engine Oil Life replacement. See Wiper Blade key lock cylinders, and folding
System on page 1012. Replacement on page 1027. seat hardware lubrication. See
Recommended Fluids and
Every Engine Oil Change . Tire inflation pressures check. Lubricants on page 116. More
See Tire Pressure on frequent lubrication may be
. Change engine oil and filter. page 1047.
Reset oil life system. See required when the vehicle
Engine Oil on page 109 and
. Tire wear inspection. See Tire is exposed to a corrosive
Engine Oil Life System on Inspection on page 1053. environment. Applying silicone
page 1012. An Emission grease on weatherstrips with a
. Rotate tires if necessary. See
Control Service. clean cloth makes them last
Tire Rotation on page 1053.
longer, seal better, and not stick
. Engine coolant level check. See . Fluids visual leak check (or or squeak.
Engine Coolant on page 1016. every 12 months, whichever . Restraint system component
. Engine cooling system occurs first). A leak in any
check. See Safety System
inspection. Visual inspection of system must be repaired
Check on page 324.
hoses, pipes, fittings, and and the fluid level checked.
clamps and replacement, .
. Fuel system inspection for
Engine air cleaner filter
if needed. damage or leaks.
inspection. See Engine Air
. Windshield washer fluid level Cleaner/Filter on page 1014. . Exhaust system and nearby heat
check. See Washer Fluid on shields inspection for loose or
. Brake system inspection
page 1021. damaged components.
(or every 12 months, whichever
. Windshield wiper blade occurs first).
inspection for wear, cracking, . Steering and suspension
or contamination and inspection. Visual inspection for
windshield and wiper blade damaged, loose, or missing
cleaning, if contaminated. See parts or signs of wear.
Exterior Care on page 1083.
Additional Required Services Once a Month

. Accelerator pedal check for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Every 12 000 km/7,500 Mi
. Tire inflation check. See Tire Replace if needed.
Pressure on page 1047.
. Rotate tires. Tires should be . If the vehicle has a Tire Sealant
rotated every 12 000 km/
. Tire wear inspection. See Tire and Compressor Kit, check the
7,500 mi. See Tire Rotation on Inspection on page 1053. sealant expiration date printed
page 1053. . Sunroof track and seal on the instruction label of
inspection, if equipped. See the kit. See Tire Sealant and
At Each Fuel Stop
Sunroof on page 217. Compressor Kit on page 1062.
. Engine oil level check. See
Once a Year
. Underbody flushing service.
Engine Oil on page 109.
. See Starter Switch Check on
. Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass
. Engine coolant level check. See
page 1025. Support Gas Strut Service:
Engine Coolant on page 1016.
Visually inspect gas strut,
. Windshield washer fluid level
. See Automatic Transmission if equipped, for signs of wear,
check. See Washer Fluid on Shift Lock Control Function cracks, or other damage. Check
page 1021. Check on page 1026. the hold open ability of the gas
. See Ignition Transmission Lock strut. Contact your dealer if
Check on page 1026. service is required.
. See Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check on
page 1027.
First Engine Oil Change After for taxi, police, or delivery First Engine Oil Change After
Every 40 000 km/25,000 Mi service. See Automatic Every 160 000 km/100,000 Mi
. Passenger compartment Transmission Fluid on . Automatic transmission fluid
air filter replacement (or every page 1013. change (normal service). See
24 months, whichever occurs . Evaporative control system Automatic Transmission Fluid on
first). More frequent replacement inspection. Check all fuel and page 1013.
may be needed if you drive in vapor lines and hoses for proper . Spark plug replacement and
areas with heavy traffic, areas hookup, routing, and condition. spark plug wires inspection. An
with poor air quality, or areas Check that the purge valve, Emission Control Service.
with high dust levels. if the vehicle has one, works
Replacement may also be properly. Replace as needed. An . 1.8L L4 engine only: Timing belt
needed if you notice reduced Emission Control Service. The replacement.
air flow, windows fogging up, U.S. Environmental Protection First Engine Oil Change After
or odors. Your dealer can help Agency or the California Air Every 240 000 km/150,000 Mi
you determine when it is the Resources Board has
right time to replace the filter. determined that the failure to . Engine cooling system drain,
perform this maintenance item flush, and refill (or every five
First Engine Oil Change After will not nullify the emission years, whichever occurs first).
Every 80 000 km/50,000 Mi See Cooling System on
warranty or limit recall liability
. Engine air cleaner filter prior to the completion of the page 1016. An Emission
replacement. vehicle's useful life. We, Control Service.
. Automatic transmission fluid however, urge that all . Engine drive belts inspection for
change (severe service) for recommended maintenance fraying, excessive cracks,
vehicles mainly driven in heavy services be performed at the or obvious damage (or every
city traffic in hot weather, in hilly indicated intervals and the 10 years, whichever occurs
or mountainous terrain, or used maintenance be recorded. first). Replace, if needed.
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils
meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification
Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos
certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on
page 109.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
Engine Coolant
See Engine Coolant on page 1016.
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, in
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System
Canada 88863462).
Windshield Washer Optikleen Washer Solvent.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Castrol BOT 0402 Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88862472, in
Manual Transmission
Canada 88862473).
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Key Lock Cylinders
Canada 10953474).
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723)
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Release Pawl
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hood, Door, and Folding Seat Hinges
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 13272719 AC3144C
1.8L L4 Engine 13272720 AC3145C
Engine Oil Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
1.8L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176
Spark Plugs
1.4L L4 Engine 55576026 41117
1.8L L4 Engine 55576026 41117
Wiper Blades
Driver 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 96910777
Passenger 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 96910780
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Odometer
Reading
Odometer
Reading
Odometer
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN
Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See Engine Specifications
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 122 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 116 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
1.4L L4 Engine 5.5 L 5.8 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 6.5 L 6.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 4.5 L 4.76 qt
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Fuel Tank
Fuel Economy Model with (MH8) Automatic Transmission 59.0 L 15.6 gal
Fuel Economy Model with (MF3) Manual Transmission 48.0 L 12.6 gal
Except Fuel Economy Model 59.0 L 15.6 gal
Transmission Fluid
Automatic 6 Speed 4.0 L 4.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
Automatic
1.4L L4 Engine 9 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
Automatic
1.8L L4 Engine H 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.8L L4 Engine (with Air 1.8L L4 Engine (without Air

Conditioning) Conditioning)
1.4L L4 Engine
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-15 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . 13-16 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Radio Frequency
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-16 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, case will generally be heard within
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will 40 days. If you do not agree with the
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's decision given in your case, you
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest may reject it and proceed with any
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. other venue for relief available
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE U.S. Owners: to you.
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making Program using the toll-free
Canada Customer Communication sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them at
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), with the new vehicle. However, the following address:
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Council of Better Business
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you Bureaus, Inc.
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business 4200 Wilson Boulevard
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Suite 800
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838
representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage, and other
be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. the right to change eligibility
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. program is free of charge and your participation in this program.
STEP THREE Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer to call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-3777 (English), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited United States
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Centre Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited Center
claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
From Puerto Rico: Mexico, Central America, and Online Owner Center
1-800-496-9992 (English) Caribbean Islands/Countries
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
Virgin Islands) www.chevyownercenter.com
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
General Motors de Mexico, S. de Information and services
1-800-496-9994 customized for your specific
R.L. de C.V.
Canada Customer Assistance Center vehicle all in one convenient
Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 place.
General Motors of Canada Limited Col. Granada
Customer Communication Centre,
. Digital owner manual, warranty
C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. information, and more.
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive 01-800-466-0800 . Storage for online service and
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 maintenance records.
www.gm.ca . Chevrolet dealer locator for
1-800-263-3777 (English) Customer Assistance for service nationwide.
1-800-263-7854 (French) Text Telephone (TTY) . Exclusive privileges and offers.
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Users . Recall notices for your specific
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle.
1-800-268-6800 hard of hearing, or speech-impaired . OnStar and GM Cardmember
and who use Text Telephones
Overseas Services Earnings summaries.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Please contact the local General equipment available at its Customer
Motors Business Unit. Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Other Helpful Links Here are a few of the valuable GM Mobility

tools and services you will have
Chevrolet www.chevrolet.com
access to:
Reimbursement Program
Chevrolet Merchandise
www.chevymall.com
. My Showroom: Find and save
information on vehicles and
Help Center www.chevrolet.com/ current offers in your area.
pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do . My Dealers: Save details such
. FAQ as address and phone number
. Contact Us for each of your preferred GM This program is available to
dealers. qualified applicants for cost
My GM Canada www.gm.ca reimbursement of eligible
. My Driveway: Access quick
My GM Canada is a links to parts and service aftermarket adaptive equipment
password-protected section estimates, check trade-in required for the vehicle, such as
of www.gm.ca where you can values, or schedule a service hand controls or a wheelchair/
save information on GM vehicles, appointment by adding the scooter lift for the vehicle.
get personalized offers, and use vehicles you own to your For more information on the limited
handy tools and forms with driveway profile. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
greater ease. call the GM Mobility Assistance
. My Preferences: Manage your
profile and use tools and forms Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
with greater ease. Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
To sign up, visit the My GM.ca
section within www.gm.ca. General Motors of Canada also
has a Mobility Program. Call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for
details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.

. Location of the vehicle.
Roadside Assistance Chevrolet and General Motors of
. Model, year, color, and license Canada Limited reserve the right to
Program limit services or payment to an
plate number of the vehicle.
For U.S.purchased vehicles, call owner or driver if they decide the
18002438872; (Text Telephone
. Odometer reading, Vehicle claims are made too often, or the
(TTY): 18888892438). Identification Number (VIN), and same type of claim is made many
delivery date of the vehicle. times.
For Canadianpurchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
. Description of the problem.
Services Provided
Service is available 24 hours a day, Coverage . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
365 days a year. Services are provided up to Delivery of enough fuel for the
5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi), vehicle to get to the nearest
Calling for Assistance
whichever comes first. service station.
When calling Roadside Assistance,
In the U.S., anyone driving the . LockOut Service: Service to
have the following information
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are
ready:
person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may
. Your name, home address, and permission from the owner is not be available if you have OnStar.
home telephone number. covered. For security reasons, the driver
. Telephone number of your must present identification
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
location. before this service is given.
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet and General Motors of . Emergency Tow from a Public
Canada Limited reserve the right to Road or Highway: Tow to the
make any changes or discontinue nearest Chevrolet dealer for
the Roadside Assistance program at warranty service, or if the vehicle
any time without notification. was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service to Services Specific to
. Trip Interruption Benefits
change a flat tire with the spare Canadian-Purchased Vehicles and Assistance: Must be
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, over 250 kilometers from
must be in good condition and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement where your trip was started to
properly inflated. It is the owner's is approximately $5 Canadian. qualify. General Motors of
responsibility for the repair or Diesel fuel delivery may be Canada Limited requires
replacement of the tire if it is not restricted. Propane and other pre-authorization, original
covered by the warranty. fuels are not provided through detailed receipts, and a copy
this service. of the repair orders. Once
. Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle authorization has been received,
registration is required. the Roadside Assistance advisor
Services Not Included in will help to make arrangements
. Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive
Roadside Assistance
maps of North America are payment.
. Impound towing caused by provided when requested either
violation of any laws. with the most direct route or the
. Alternative Service: If
most scenic route. There is a assistance cannot be provided
. Legal fines. right away, the Roadside
limit of six requests per year.
. Mounting, dismounting, Additional travel information is Assistance advisor may
or changing of snow tires, also available. Allow three give permission to get local
chains, or other traction devices. weeks for delivery. emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
. Towing or services for vehicles
after sending the original receipt
driven on a non-public road or
to Roadside Assistance.
highway.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options

Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
to minimize inconvenience by
request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
providing several transportation
scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
options. Depending on the
and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
circumstances, your dealer can
of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
offer one of the following:
dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybridspecific warranties in both
Shuttle service is the preferred
into the service department the U.S. and Canada.
means of offering Courtesy
immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide
can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in shuttle service to get you to your
unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when destination with minimal interruption
safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required. of your daily schedule. This includes
your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a oneway or roundtrip shuttle service
and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance
If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of your dealer's area.
the vehicle for service, you are entitled Warranty and Owner
urged to do so as early in the work Assistance Information furnished
day as possible to allow for the with each new vehicle provides
same-day repair. detailed warranty coverage
information.
Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program

Reimbursement Your dealer may arrange to provide Information
If the vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle
warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at
transportation is used instead of that you obtain if the vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact your
your dealer's shuttle service, the for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information
expense must be supported by Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy
original receipts and can only be up and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be
to the maximum amount allowed by receipts. This requires that you sign administered by appropriate dealer
GM for shuttle service. In addition, and complete a rental agreement personnel.
for U.S. customers, should you and meet state/provincial, local, and
arrange transportation through rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the
a friend or relative, limited Requirements vary and may right to unilaterally modify,
reimbursement for reasonable include minimum age requirements, change, or discontinue Courtesy
fuel expenses may be available. insurance coverage, credit card, Transportation at any time and to
Claim amounts should reflect etc. You are responsible for fuel resolve all questions of claim
actual costs and be supported by usage charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and
original receipts. See your dealer for responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at its
information regarding the allowance fees, excessive mileage, or rental sole discretion.
amounts for reimbursement of fuel usage beyond the completion of the
or other transportation costs. repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts perform properly in subsequent
may also be used for repair. These collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
If the vehicle is involved in a parts are typically removed from covered by the GM New Vehicle
collision and it is damaged, have vehicles that were total losses in Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
the damage repaired by a qualified prior crashes. In most cases, the failure related to such parts is not
technician using the proper parts being recycled are from covered by that warranty.
equipment and quality replacement undamaged sections of the vehicle.
parts. Poorly performed collision A recycled original equipment GM Repair Facility
repairs diminish the vehicle resale part may be an acceptable choice to GM also recommends that you
value, and safety performance can maintain the vehicle's originally choose a collision repair facility that
be compromised in subsequent designed appearance and safety meets your needs before you ever
collisions. performance; however, the history of need collision repairs. Your dealer
Collision Parts these parts is not known. Such parts may have a collision repair center
are not covered by the GM New with GM-trained technicians and
Genuine GM Collision parts are new Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any stateoftheart equipment, or be
parts made with the same materials related failures are not covered by able to recommend a collision repair
and construction methods as the that warranty. center that has GM-trained
parts with which the vehicle was technicians and comparable
originally built. Genuine GM Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by equipment.
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed companies other than GM and may
appearance, durability, and safety not have been tested for the vehicle.
are preserved. The use of Genuine As a result, these parts may fit
GM parts can help maintain the GM poorly, exhibit premature durability/
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. corrosion problems, and may not
Insuring the Vehicle If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information:
company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and
Protect your investment in the GM
insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
vehicle with comprehensive and
Genuine GM Original Equipment
collision insurance coverage. There . Driver license number.
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
are significant differences in the
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner name, address, and
quality of coverage afforded by
parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
various insurance policy terms.
you may be charged at the end of
Many insurance policies provide . Vehicle license plate number.
the lease for poor quality repairs.
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation
. Vehicle make, model, and
If a Crash Occurs model year.
for damage repairs by using
aftermarket collision parts. Some If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification
insurance companies will not emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN).
specify aftermarket collision parts. leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy
When purchasing insurance, we
Move the vehicle only if its position number.
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the
original equipment collision parts. instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle.
If such insurance coverage is not officer.
Choose a reputable repair facility
available from your current Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts.
insurance carrier, consider switching to police and other parties involved See Collision Parts earlier in this
to another insurance carrier. in the crash. section.
For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What
Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag
page 136. Inflates? on page 332.
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and
you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle.
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision Owner Information
that you take an active role in its policy repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle.
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within The Owner Manual includes the
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all
be original equipment parts, either
models.
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty
the GM vehicle warranty. Booklet.
Service Manuals
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees.
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner
initially value the repair using Manual only.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
the repair professional, and insist on RETAIL SELL PRICE:
Service Bulletins
Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees.
obligated to have the vehicle technical service information
repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service
even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks.
does not pay the full cost.
Current and Past Models Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot

Technical Service Bulletins and become involved in individual
Manuals are available for current
Defects problems between you, your
and past model GM vehicles. dealer, or General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: To contact NHTSA, you may
1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday
to the United States call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or write to:
Or write to: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA
inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130 Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590
Detroit, MI 48207 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
You can also obtain other
General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without information about motor
notice and without incurring If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from
obligation. Allow ample time for complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov.
delivery. investigation, and if it finds
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. that a safety defect exists in a
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. group of vehicles, it may order
funds. a recall and remedy campaign.
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data

to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy
If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of
defect, notify Transport Canada sophisticated computers that record
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
immediately, and notify General information about the vehicles
Chevrolet Motor Division performance and how it is driven.
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Chevrolet Customer For example, the vehicle uses
them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Assistance Center computer modules to monitor and
Transport Canada P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission
Road Safety Branch Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the
2780 Sheffield Road conditions for airbag deployment
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 and deploy airbags in a crash, and,
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock
braking to help the driver control the
General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store
Customer Communication Centre, data to help your dealer technician
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules
1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of
fuel consumption or average speed.
These modules may also retain the
owners personal preferences, such
as radio pre-sets, seat positions,
and temperature settings.
Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or
understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the
This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or,
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose if the vehicle is leased, with the
of an EDR is to record, in certain Important: EDR data is recorded
by the vehicle only if a non-trivial consent of the lessee; in response
crash or near crash-like situations, to an official request by police or
such as an airbag deployment or crash situation occurs; no data is
recorded by the EDR under normal similar government office; as part of
hitting a road obstacle, data that will GM's defense of litigation through
assist in understanding how a driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and the discovery process; or, as
vehicle's systems performed. The required by law. Data that GM
EDR is designed to record data crash location) is recorded.
However, other parties, such as collects or receives may also be
related to vehicle dynamics and used for GM research needs or may
safety systems for a short period of law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of be made available to others for
time, typically 30 seconds or less. research purposes, where a need is
The EDR in this vehicle is designed personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a
to record such data as: specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
investigation.
. How various systems in the
vehicle were operating. To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
. Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle
buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as
. How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the
pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the
brake pedal. information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
OnStar Radio Frequency Radio Frequency

If the vehicle is equipped with an Identification (RFID) Statement
active OnStar system, that system RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
may also record data in crash or vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that
near crashlike situations. The pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal
OnStar Terms and Conditions system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC)
provides information on data connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada
collection and use and is available as key fobs for remote door locking/ Standards RSS210/220/310.
in the OnStar glove box kit, at unlocking and starting, and
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Operation is subject to the following
in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions:
www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by door openers. RFID technology in
pressing the Q button and GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause
speaking to an advisor. personal information or link with any interference.
other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any
Navigation System personal information. interference received, including
If the vehicle has a navigation interference that may cause
system, use of the system may undesired operation of the
result in the storage of destinations, device.
addresses, telephone numbers, and Changes or modifications to any of
other trip information. Refer to the these systems by other than an
navigation system operating manual authorized service facility could void
for information on stored data and authorization to use this equipment.
for deletion instructions.
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont.) Appearance Care

What Will You See after an Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Accessories and
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
When Should an Airbag Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Assistance Program,
Add-On Electrical
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-28 Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Airbags Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Audio System
Air Filter, Passenger
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Automatic
Airbag
Alarm Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Airbag System
Antenna Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-25
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
How Does an Airbag
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Antilock Brake Shift Lock Control
Passenger Sensing
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Carbon Monoxide

Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Headlamps, Front Turn Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Signal, and Parking Cargo
Voltage and Charging
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-33 Cautions, Danger, and
Blade Replacement,
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-22, 7-24, 7-28
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-30 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Brake System Warning
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-13
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30 C Check
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
California Ignition
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-40 Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-26
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Perchlorate Materials Child Restraints
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Infants and Young
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Lower Anchors and
Capacities and Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-47
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55, 3-57
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
INDEX i-3
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Coolant D

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10
Cleaning Engine Temperature
Danger, Warnings, and
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-15
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Daytime Running
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Courtesy Transportation
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Door
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Text Telephone (TTY)
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Compressor Kit, Tire Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Customer Information
Driver Information
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Service Publications
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
i-4 INDEX
Driving Engine Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49

Characteristics and Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-15
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44 Check and Service Engine Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-21 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Coolant Temperature F
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Filter,
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Cooling System Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-91
Overheated Protection Fluid
E Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13
Electrical Equipment, Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Electrical System Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Engine Compartment Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . .5-21 Fog Lamps
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-24 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fuses and Circuit Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Engine Oil Front Fog Lamp
Instrument Panel Fuse Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
INDEX i-5
Front Seats G H
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Gasoline Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Gauges Headlamps
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Engine Coolant Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Filling a Portable Fuel
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Daytime Running
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-40
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-40
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Daytime Running Lamps
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . .5-22
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-20
Warning Lights and Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Requirements, California . . . . .9-40
General Information High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-22
Fuel Economy
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Fuses
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heater
Engine Compartment
GM Mobility Reimbursement Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Heating and Air
Fuses and Circuit
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
i-6 INDEX
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 K LATCH System

Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Replacing Parts after a
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-29
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
Keyless Entry
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
How to Wear Safety Belts Light
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 L Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-42 Lighting
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
I Lamps
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Ignition Transmission Lock
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 Lights
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Antilock Brake System
Infants and Young Children,
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Headlamps, Front Turn Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Signal, and Parking Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Instrument Panel
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Daytime Running
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
J Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
INDEX i-7
Lights (cont.) M Messages (cont.)

High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Maintenance
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-21 Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Maintenance Schedule
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-10 Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . .5-16 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26, 5-27
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13
Traction Control System Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Mirrors
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Automatic Dimming
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-18 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Messages
Locks Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Battery Voltage and
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Monitor System, Tire
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-20 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-28
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Lower Anchors and Tethers
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
for Children (LATCH
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Object Detection System . . . . .5-30
i-8 INDEX
N Outlets Personalization
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Navigation
Overheated Engine Phone
Vehicle Data Recording
Protection Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-22, 7-24, 7-28
and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Power
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Overview, Infotainment Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
O System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-4 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Object Detection System Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
P Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-21
Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-20
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Shifting into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Off-Road Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Shifting out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Oil Power Steering Warning
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Pregnancy, Using Safety
Brake and P (Park)
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Privacy
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-23
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-40 Radio Frequency
Passenger Airbag Status
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-16
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Program
Passenger Compartment Air
Operation, Infotainment Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-8
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Proposition 65 Warning,
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-33
Ordering California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Perchlorate Materials
Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-12
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
INDEX i-9
R Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roof

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Radio Frequency
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-16
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While
Radios
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-39 S
Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Replacing Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Rearview Mirror
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-25 How to Wear Safety Belts
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Reporting Safety Defects Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Recommended
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-25
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Restraints Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-24
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46 Safety Defects Reporting
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Retained Accessory Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14
Records
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Ride Control Systems U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Recreational Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Roads Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Reduced Engine Power
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Roadside Assistance Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-2
Reimbursement Program,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-8
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
i-10 INDEX
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Service (cont.) Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Seats Publications Ordering Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8 Starting the Vehicle
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Messsages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Shift Lock Control Function Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . .5-18
Securing Child Check, Automatic Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55, 3-57 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Security Shifting Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 Storage Areas
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Sidemarker Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Service Signals, Turn and Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Accessories and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Storing the Tire Sealant
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Spare Tire and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Maintenance, General Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 StabiliTrak System
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
INDEX i-11
T Tires (cont.) Traction

Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-32
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Sealant and Control System (TCS)/
Taillamps
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Sealant and Compressor Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48, 9-49
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-10
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Transmission
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Terminology and Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Tires
Uniform Tire Quality Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Wheel Alignment and Tire Transportation Program,
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
When It Is Time for New Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Turn and Lane-Change
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-50
Towing Turn Signal
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-44 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-81
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-48
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48, 9-49
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
i-12 INDEX
U Vehicle Care Wheels

Storing the Tire Sealant Alignment and Tire
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-37
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-69 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Uniform Tire Quality
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Vehicle Identification Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Service Parts Identification When It Is Time for New
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-46
V Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Vehicle Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
W Windshield
Warning Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Identification Winter
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26, 5-27 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81

Cruze 2011 Usuario

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Cruze 2011 Usuario

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

In Brief Steering Wheel

Y. Traction Control System (TCS) Initial Drive

Door Locks Safety Locks See Safety Locks on page 28.

Press o { to activate the safety To adjust a manual seat:

Seat Height Adjuster Seat Cushion Tilt Feature Reclining Seatbacks

To return the seatback to an upright Power Driver Seat Rear Seats

To adjust a power driver seat,

Controls for the outside power Vehicles with a manual mirror

Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are located in

Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps,

Windshield Wiper/Washer 9 : Turns the windshield Vehicles Without Air Conditioning

Vehicles With Air Conditioning I. Defog F. Driver and Passenger Heated

See Bluetooth (Overview) on $ / i : Press to silence the Cruise Control

*: Press to disengage cruise Driver Information C. MENU: Press to get to the

Performance and StabiliTrak System Tire Pressure Monitor

OnStar How OnStar Service Works Automatic Crash Response,

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors and Doors

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING . Outsiders can easily enter

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Automatic Door Locks Doors

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Remote Trunk Release when securing items in the trunk

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Vehicle Security Disarming the System Immobilizer Operation

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

If the engine still does not start, and Exterior Mirrors

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors To adjust the mirror:

Vehicles with a manual mirror Controls for the outside power

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors Vehicles with OnStar have three

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Windows Power Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

Express Window Operation If conditions prevent the window

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

Sun Visors Roof To open or close the sunroof, press

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

Sunshade To initialize the sunroof:

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-24

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 3-3

The vehicle's rear seat may be Front Seats

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 3-5